*** empty log message ***

(_process_file_spec): Likewise.
(_at_replace): Likewise.
(run_tests): Support new keywords, AUX and CMP and associated
syntax and semantics.

ABOUT-NLS

@@ -1,16 +1,16 @@
-Notes on the GNU Translation Project
-************************************
+Notes on the Free Translation Project
+*************************************
 
-   GNU is going international!  The GNU Translation Project is a way to
-get maintainers, translators, and users all together, so that GNU will
-gradually become able to speak many languages.  A few packages already
-provide translations for their messages.
+   Free software is going international!  The Free Translation Project
+is a way to get maintainers of free software, translators, and users all
+together, so that will gradually become able to speak many languages.
+A few packages already provide translations for their messages.
 
-   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a GNU distribution, you
-may assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext'
-internally, itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you
-do *not* need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing
-or using this package with messages translated.
+   If you found this `ABOUT-NLS' file inside a distribution, you may
+assume that the distributed package does use GNU `gettext' internally,
+itself available at your nearest GNU archive site.  But you do *not*
+need to install GNU `gettext' prior to configuring, installing or using
+this package with messages translated.
 
    Installers will find here some useful hints.  These notes also
 explain how users should proceed for getting the programs to use the
@@ -31,19 +31,23 @@ should configure it using
      ./configure --with-included-gettext
 
 to force usage of internationalizing routines provided within this
-package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in
-the operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, no
-prior implementation provides as many useful features (such as locale
-alias or message inheritance).  It is also not possible to offer this
-additional functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation.  Future
-versions of GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more
-functionality.  So it might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext'
-as soon as possible.
+package, despite the existence of internationalizing capabilities in the
+operating system where this package is being installed.  So far, only
+the `gettext' implementation in the GNU C library version 2 provides as
+many features (such as locale alias or message inheritance) as the
+implementation here.  It is also not possible to offer this additional
+functionality on top of a `catgets' implementation.  Future versions of
+GNU `gettext' will very likely convey even more functionality.  So it
+might be a good idea to change to GNU `gettext' as soon as possible.
+
+   So you need not provide this option if you are using GNU libc 2 or
+you have installed a recent copy of the GNU gettext package with the
+included `libintl'.
 
 INSTALL Matters
 ===============
 
-   Some GNU packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
+   Some packages are "localizable" when properly installed; the
 programs they contain can be made to speak your own native language.
 Most such packages use GNU `gettext'.  Other packages have their own
 ways to internationalization, predating GNU `gettext'.
@@ -113,37 +117,35 @@ shell prompt, merely execute `setenv LANG de' (in `csh'),
 can be done from your `.login' or `.profile' file, once and for all.
 
    An operating system might already offer message localization for
-many of its programs, while other programs (whether GNU or not) have
-been installed locally with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'.
-Just using `gettext' extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper
-localization of already available operating system programs.  In this
-case, users should set both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their
-environment, as programs using GNU `gettext' give preference to
-`LANGUAGE'.  For example, some Swedish users would rather read
-translations in German than English for when Swedish is not available.
-This is easily accomplished by setting `LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while
-leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
+many of its programs, while other programs have been installed locally
+with the full capabilities of GNU `gettext'.  Just using `gettext'
+extended syntax for `LANG' would break proper localization of already
+available operating system programs.  In this case, users should set
+both `LANGUAGE' and `LANG' variables in their environment, as programs
+using GNU `gettext' give preference to `LANGUAGE'.  For example, some
+Swedish users would rather read translations in German than English for
+when Swedish is not available.  This is easily accomplished by setting
+`LANGUAGE' to `sv:de' while leaving `LANG' to `sv'.
 
 Translating Teams
 =================
 
-   For the GNU Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
+   For the Free Translation Project to be a success, we need interested
 people who like their own language and write it well, and who are also
 able to synergize with other translators speaking the same language.
 Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
 International.  You may reach your translation team at the address
 `LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
 language.  Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given
-in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of February
+in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of December
 1997:
 
-     Arabic `ar', Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl',
-     English `en', Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German
-     `de', Greek `el', Hebrew `he', Hungarian `hu', Irish `ga', Italian
-     `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja', Korean `ko', Latin `la',
-     Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish `pl', Portuguese `pt',
-     Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es', Swedish `sv', Telugu
-     `te', Turkish `tr' and Ukrainian `uk'.
+     Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl', English `en',
+     Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German `de', Hungarian
+     `hu', Irish `ga', Italian `it', Indonesian `id', Japanese `ja',
+     Korean `ko', Latin `la', Norwegian `no', Persian `fa', Polish
+     `pl', Portuguese `pt', Russian `ru', Slovenian `sl', Spanish `es',
+     Swedish `sv', and Turkish `tr'.
 
 For example, you may reach the Chinese translation team by writing to
 `zh@li.org'.
@@ -160,55 +162,53 @@ message to `sv-request@li.org', having this message body:
 *actively* in translations, or at solving translational difficulties,
 rather than merely lurking around.  If your team does not exist yet and
 you want to start one, or if you are unsure about what to do or how to
-get started, please write to `gnu-translation@gnu.ai.mit.edu' to reach
-the GNU coordinator for all translator teams.
+get started, please write to `translation@iro.umontreal.ca' to reach the
+coordinator for all translator teams.
 
    The English team is special.  It works at improving and uniformizing
-the terminology used in GNU.  Proven linguistic skill are praised more
-than programming skill, here.  For the time being, please avoid
-subscribing to the English team unless explicitly invited to do so.
+the terminology in use.  Proven linguistic skill are praised more than
+programming skill, here.
 
 Available Packages
 ==================
 
-   Languages are not equally supported in all GNU packages.  The
-following matrix shows the current state of GNU internationalization,
-as of February 1997.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for
-which languages PO files have been submitted to translation
-coordination.
+   Languages are not equally supported in all packages.  The following
+matrix shows the current state of internationalization, as of December
+1997.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for which languages
+PO files have been submitted to translation coordination.
 
-     Ready PO files    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
-                     .-------------------------------------------.
-     bash            |    []          []       []                |  3
-     bison           |    []          []       []                |  3
-     clisp           |    [] []       []                         |  3
-     cpio            |    []    []    []       []    []          |  5
-     diffutils       |          []    []             []       [] |  4
-     enscript        |    []       [] []       []          []    |  5
-     fileutils       |    []    []    []       []    [] [] [] [] |  8
-     findutils       |    []    []    []    [] []    []       [] |  7
-     flex            |                []    []                [] |  3
-     gcal            |    []          []       []                |  3
-     gettext         |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11
-     grep            |          []    []    [] [] [] []    [] [] |  8
-     hello           |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10
-     id-utils        |    []          []                         |  2
-     indent          |    []                []                   |  2
-     libc            |    []    []    []    [] []    []       [] |  7
-     m4              |    []          [] []    []             [] |  5
-     make            |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
-     music           |                []                         |  1
-     ptx             |    []    []    []       [] [] [] []    [] |  8
-     recode          |    []    []    []       []    [] [] [] [] |  8
-     sh-utils        |    []          []       []       []    [] |  5
-     sharutils       |    []    []    []       []             [] |  5
-     tar             |    []          []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |  9
-     texinfo         |                                           |  0
-     textutils       |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
-     wdiff           | [] []    []    []       [] [] []       [] |  8
-                     `-------------------------------------------'
-       14 languages    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
-       27 packages      1 22  1 14  1 25  1 10 20  7 14  7  7 15  145
+     Ready PO files    cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
+                     .----------------------------------------------------.
+     bash            |       []          []          []                   |  3
+     bison           |       []          []          []                   |  3
+     clisp           |       [] [] []    []                               |  4
+     cpio            |       []    []    []       [] []    []             |  6
+     diffutils       |       []    []    []                []          [] |  5
+     enscript        |       []    [] [] []          []             []    |  6
+     fileutils       | []    []    []    []       [] []    [] []    [] [] | 10
+     findutils       |       []    []    [] []    [] []    []    []    [] |  9
+     flex            |             []    []       []                   [] |  4
+     gcal            |       []          []          []    []          [] |  5
+     gettext         |    [] []    []    []       [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 12
+     grep            |       []    []    []       [] [] [] []    [] [] [] | 10
+     hello           |    [] []    []    []       [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 11
+     id-utils        |       []          []                []             |  3
+     indent          |    [] []                   []       []    []       |  5
+     libc            |       []    []    []       [] []    []          [] |  7
+     m4              |       []          []    []    []          []    [] |  6
+     make            |       []    []    []       [] []    []             |  6
+     music           |                   []                []             |  2
+     ptx             |       []    []    []          [] [] [] []       [] |  8
+     recode          |    [] []    []    []          []    [] []    [] [] |  9
+     sh-utils        |       []    []    []          [] [] [] []       [] |  8
+     sharutils       | []    []    []    []          []                [] |  6
+     tar             | []    []          [] []    [] [] [] [] []    [] [] | 11
+     texinfo         | []    []          []                               |  3
+     textutils       | []    []    []    []       [] [] [] []          [] |  9
+     wdiff           | []    []    []    []          [] [] []          [] |  8
+                     `----------------------------------------------------'
+       17 languages    cs da de en es fi fr it ja ko nl no pl pt ru sl sv
+       27 packages      6  4 25  1 18  1 26  2  1 12 20  9 19  7  4  7 17  179
 
    Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
 visible blocks let us expect.  This is because a few extra PO files are
@@ -219,8 +219,8 @@ dialects.
 which it applies should also have been internationalized and
 distributed as such by its maintainer.  There might be an observable
 lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
-GNU distribution.
+distribution.
 
-   If February 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
+   If December 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
 of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
 

COPYING

@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
 the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
 
     <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) 19yy  <name of author>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
 
     This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
 when it starts in an interactive mode:
 
-    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19yy name of author
+    Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year  name of author
     Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
     This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
     under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.

GNUmakefile

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me `include' the dynamically
+# generated rules created via Makefile.maint as well as Makefile.maint itself.
+# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
+# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
+# only to the maintainer.
+
+# Systems where /bin/sh is not the default shell need this.  The $(shell)
+# command below won't work with e.g. stock DOS/Windows shells.
+SHELL = /bin/sh
+
+have-Makefile := $(shell test -f Makefile && echo yes)
+
+# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
+# give them a diagnostic.
+ifeq ($(have-Makefile),yes)
+
+include Makefile
+include $(srcdir)/Makefile.maint
+
+else
+
+all:
+	@echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory.
+	@echo "You must run ./configure before running \`make'."
+	@exit 1
+
+endif
+
+# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
+# directory in parallel.  This is necessary in case someone tries to
+# build multiple targets on one command line.
+.NOTPARALLEL:

Makefile.maint

@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+# -*-Makefile-*-
+# This Makefile fragment is shared between fileutils, sh-utils, textutils.
+
+maintainer-check:
+	if head ChangeLog| grep 'Version $(VERSION)' > /dev/null; then \
+	  :; \
+	else \
+	  echo "$(VERSION) not in ChangeLog; not tagging" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	fi
+	$(MAKE) distcheck
+	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
+
+prev_version_file = .prev-version
+
+THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
+PREV_VERSION := $(shell cat $(prev_version_file))
+PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
+
+tag-package = $(shell echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z)
+tag-this-version = $(subst .,_,$(VERSION))
+tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(PREV_VERSION))
+this-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-this-version)
+prev-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-prev-version)
+
+# Verify that all source files using _() are listed in po/POTFILES.in.
+po-check:
+	grep -E -v '^(#|$$)' po/POTFILES.in | sort > $@-1
+	grep -E -l '\b_\(' lib/*.c src/*.c | sort > $@-2
+	diff -u $@-1 $@-2
+	rm -f $@-1 $@-2
+
+# Do not save the original name or timestamp in the .tar.gz file.
+GZIP_ENV = --no-name
+
+# Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
+# checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
+# FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
+cvs-dist: maintainer-check
+	echo $(this-cvs-tag); \
+	if cvs -n log -h README| grep -e $(this-cvs-tag): > /dev/null; then \
+	  echo "VERSION not new; not tagging" 1>&2; \
+	  exit 1; \
+	fi; \
+	cvs update po; \
+	cvs tag -c $(this-cvs-tag)
+	$(MAKE) dist
+
+# Use this to make sure we don't run these programs when building
+# from a virgin tgz file, below.
+null_AM_MAKEFLAGS = \
+  ACLOCAL=false \
+  AUTOCONF=false \
+  AUTOMAKE=false \
+  AUTOHEADER=false \
+  MAKEINFO=false
+
+t=./=test
+my-distcheck: writable-files po-check
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	mkdir $(t)
+	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(AMTAR) -C $(t) -zxf $(distdir).tar.gz
+# Removing $(DEPDIR) like this is a gross kludge to work around a bug
+# in automake.  Remove that line once it's fixed.
+	cd $(t)/$(distdir) \
+	  && ./configure --disable-nls \
+	  && $(MAKE) CFLAGS='-Wformat -Werror' \
+	      AM_MAKEFLAGS='$(null_AM_MAKEFLAGS)' \
+	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
+	  && $(MAKE) check \
+	  && $(MAKE) distclean \
+	  && rm -rf $(DEPDIR)
+	cd $(t) && mv $(distdir) $(distdir).old \
+	  && $(AMTAR) -zxf ../$(distdir).tar.gz
+	diff -ur $(t)/$(distdir).old $(t)/$(distdir)
+	-rm -rf $(t)
+	@echo "========================"; \
+	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
+	echo "========================"
+
+a_host = alpha.gnu.org
+b_host = freefriends.org
+
+alpha_subdir = gnu/fetish
+a_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
+b_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
+
+a_real_dir = /fs/share/ftp/$(alpha_subdir)
+b_real_dir = fetish-ftp
+
+url_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b,ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
+
+md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+
+rel-check:
+	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
+	md5_tmp=/tmp/rel-check-md5-$$$$; \
+	set -e; \
+	trap 'status=$$?; rm -f $$tarz $$md5_tmp; exit $$status' 0 1 2 3 15; \
+	wget -q --output-document=$$tarz $(url); \
+	echo "$(md5)  -" > $$md5_tmp; \
+	md5sum -c $$md5_tmp < $$tarz
+
+release-archive-dir = ../release
+prev-tgz = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION).tar.gz
+xd-delta = $(PACKAGE)-$(PREV_VERSION)-$(VERSION).xdelta
+
+announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
+	@( \
+	  echo Subject: $(distdir) released; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo FIXME: put comments here; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo And here are xdelta-style diffs; \
+	  echo; \
+	  for url in $(url_dir_list); do \
+	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)"; \
+	  done; \
+	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures for the .tar.gz file"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo "$(md5)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(sha1)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo NEWS:; \
+	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)/,/^\[$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" NEWS \
+	    | grep -v '^\['; \
+	  echo; \
+	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
+	  find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2 \
+	    | xargs cvs diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
+	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
+	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;' \
+	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
+	)
+
+writable-files:
+	for file in $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta)			\
+	  ../release/$(distdir).tar.gz ../release/$(xd-delta); do	\
+	  test -e $$file || continue;					\
+	  test -w $$file						\
+	    || { echo ERROR: $$file is not writable; fail=1; };		\
+	done;								\
+	test "$$fail" && exit 1 || :
+
+WGET = wget
+ftp-gnu = ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu
+
+automake_repo=:pserver:anoncvs@anoncvs.cygnus.com:/cvs/automake
+.PHONY: wget-update
+wget-update:
+	$(WGET) $(ftp-gnu)/texinfo/texinfo.tex -O $(srcdir)/doc/texinfo.tex
+	$(WGET) $(ftp-gnu)/config/config.guess -O $(srcdir)/config.guess
+	$(WGET) $(ftp-gnu)/config/config.sub -O $(srcdir)/config.sub
+	cvs -d $(automake_repo) co -p automake/depcomp > depcomp
+
+alpha: writable-files po-check
+	$(MAKE) cvs-dist
+	$(MAKE) -s announcement > /tmp/announce-$(distdir)
+	ln $(distdir).tar.gz ../release
+	chmod a-w $(distdir).tar.gz
+	cd $(release-archive-dir) \
+	  && xdelta delta -9 $(prev-tgz) $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta) || :
+	ln $(release-archive-dir)/$(xd-delta) .
+	chmod a-w $(release-archive-dir)/$(xd-delta)
+	echo $(VERSION) > $(prev_version_file)
+	cvs ci -m. $(prev_version_file)
+	@echo =====================================
+	@echo =====================================
+	@echo 'scp $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.gz \'
+	@echo '  $(b_host):$(b_real_dir)'
+	@echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
+	@echo =====================================
+	@echo =====================================

THANKS

@@ -1,38 +1,296 @@
-This is just a start at listing e-mail addresses of contributors.
-The rest of the addresses are still in the ChangeLog.
-
-Achim Blumensath: blume@corona.oche.de
-Andreas Schwab: schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
-Arne Henrik Juul: arnej@imf.unit.no
-Bauke Jan Douma: bjdouma@xs4all.nl
-Bengt Martensson: bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
-Charles Karney: karney@pppl.gov
-Eirik Fuller: eirik@netcom.com
-Emile LeBlanc: leblanc@math.toronto.edu
-Galen Hazelwood: galenh@micron.net
-Greg McGary: gkm@eng.ascend.com
-Hugh Daniel: hugh@xanadu.com
-James: james@albion.glarp.com
-James Antill: jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
-Jesse Thilo: jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
-Joakim Rosqvist: dvljrt@cs.umu.se
-John Gatewood Ham: zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
-Marcus Daniels: marcus@sysc.pdx.edu
-Mark A. Thomas: thommark@access.digex.net
-Mark Harris: mark@monitor.designacc.com
-Marty Leisner: leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
-Masami Takikawa: takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
-Matthew S. Levine: mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
-Miles Bader: miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-Noel Cragg: noel@red-bean.com
-Peter Eriksson: peter@ifm.liu.se
-Paul Eggert: eggert@twinsun.com
-Ross Ridge: rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
-Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@unex.es
-Stuart Kemp: skemp@peter.bmc.com
-Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG: thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-Torbjorn Lindgren: tl@funcom.no
-Tony Leneis: tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
-Michael Veksler: mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
-Wayne Stewart: wstewa@atl.com
+These people have contributed to the GNU fileutils, textutils,
+and/or sh-utils packages.  Some have reported problems, others have
+contributed improvements to the documentation, actual code, and even
+complete programs.  Those contributions are described in the ChangeLog
+files.  If your name has been left out, if you'd rather not be listed,
+or if you'd prefer a different address be used, please let me know.
+Some old names and addresses are still in the ChangeLog.
 
+Achim Blumensath                    blume@corona.oche.de
+Adam Klein                          aklein@debian.org
+Akim Demaille                       demaille@inf.enst.fr
+Alain Magloire                      alain@qnx.com
+Alan Iwi                            iwi@atm.ox.ac.uk
+Alberto Accomazzi                   alberto@cfa0.harvard.edu
+aldomel                             aldomel@ix.netcom.com
+Alen Muzinic                        zveki@fly.cc.fer.hr
+Alexandre Duret-Lutz                duret_g@epita.fr
+Alexey Solovyov                     alekso@math.uu.se
+Andre Novaes Cunha                  Andre.Cunha@br.global-one.net
+Andreas Gruenbacher                 ag@bestbits.at
+Andreas Jaeger                      jaeger@gnu.org
+Andreas Luik                        luik@isa.de
+Andreas Schwab                      schwab@suse.de
+Andreas Stolcke                     stolcke@ICSI.Berkeley.EDU
+Andres Soolo                        andres@soolo.matti.ee
+Andrew Burgess                      aab@cichlid.com
+Andrew Dalke                        dalke@bioreason.com
+Andrew Tridgell                     tridge@samba.org
+Andries Brouwer                     Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl
+Andy Longton                        alongton@metamark.com
+Antonio Rendas                      ajrendas@yahoo.com
+Ariel Faigon                        ariel@cthulhu.engr.sgi.com
+Arne H. Juul                        arnej@solan.unit.no
+Arne Henrik Juul                    arnej@imf.unit.no
+Arthur Pool                         pool@commerce.uq.edu.au
+Austin Donnelly                     Austin.Donnelly@cl.cam.ac.uk
+Bauke Jan Douma                     bjdouma@xs4all.nl
+Bengt Martensson                    bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
+Bernd Leibing                       bernd.leibing@rz.uni-ulm.de
+Bernhard Rosenkraenzer              bero@redhat.de
+Bill Peters                         peters@gaffel.as.arizona.edu
+Bjorn Helgaas                       helgaas@rsn.hp.com
+Bob McCracken                       kerouac@ravenet.com
+Bob Proulx                          rwp@fc.hp.com
+Branden Robinson                    branden@necrotic.deadbeast.net
+Brendan O'Dea                       bod@compusol.com.au
+Brian Kimball                       bfk@footbag.org
+Brian Youmans                       3diff@gnu.org
+Bruno Haible                        haible@clisp.cons.org
+Carl Johnson                        carlj@cjlinux.home.org
+Carl Lowenstein                     cdl@mpl.UCSD.EDU
+Carlos Canau                        Carlos.Canau@relay.puug.pt
+Charles Karney                      karney@pppl.gov
+Charles Randall                     crandall@matchlogic.com
+Chip Salzenberg                     chip@valinux.com
+Chris Sylvain                       csylvain@umm.edu
+Chris Yeo                           cyeo@biking.org
+Christi Alice Scarborough           christi@chiark.greenend.org.uk
+Christian Krackowizer               ckrackowiz@std.schuler-ag.com
+Christian Rose                      menthos@menthos.com
+Christian von Roques                roques@pond.sub.org
+Chuck Hedrick                       hedrick@klinzhai.rutgers.edu
+Clark Morgan                        cmorgan@aracnet.com
+Colin Plumb                         colin@nyx.net
+Collin Rogowski                     collin@rogowski.de
+Dan Hagerty                         hag@gnu.ai.it.edu
+Dan Pascu                           dan@services.iiruc.ro
+Daniel Bergstrom                    noa@melody.se
+David Dyck                          dcd@tc.fluke.COM
+David Godfrey                       dave@delta.demon.co.uk
+Dennis Henriksen                    opus@flamingo.osrl.dk
+Derek Clegg                         dclegg@next.com
+Dick Streefland                     dick_streefland@tasking.com
+Dirk Lattermann                     dlatt@t-online.de
+Dirk-Jan Faber                      djfaber@snow.nl
+Don Parsons                         dparsons@synapse.kent.edu
+Donni Erpel                         donald@appc11.gsi.de
+Doug McLaren                        dougmc@comco.com
+Dragos Harabor                      dharabor@us.oracle.com
+Ed Avis                             epa98@doc.ic.ac.uk
+Edzer Pebesma                       Edzer.Pebesma@rivm.nl
+Eirik Fuller                        eirik@hackrat.com
+Eivind                              eivindt@multinet.no
+Eli Zaretskii                       eliz@is.elta.co.il
+Emile LeBlanc                       leblanc@math.toronto.edu
+Eric Backus                         ericb@lsid.hp.com
+Eric G. Miller                      egm2@jps.net
+Erik Bennett                        bennett@cvo.oneworld.com
+Erik Corry                          erik@kroete2.freinet.de
+Felix Lee                           flee@teleport.com
+Fletcher Mattox                     fletcher@cs.utexas.edu
+Florin Iucha                        fiucha@hsys.mic.ro
+Frank Adler                         fadler@allesklar.de
+Frank T Lofaro                      ftlofaro@snooks.Egr.UNLV.EDU
+François Pinard                     pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
+Fred Fish                           fnf@ninemoons.com
+Gabor Z. Papp                       gzp@gzp.org.hu
+Galen Hazelwood                     galenh@micron.net
+Gary Anderson                       ganderson@clark.net
+Gaël Quéri                          gqueri@mail.dotcom.fr
+Geoff Kuenning                      geoff@cs.hmc.edu
+Geoff Odhner                        geoff@franklin.com
+Gerhard Poul                        gpoul@gnu.org
+Germano Leichsenring                germano@jedi.cs.kobe-u.ac.jp
+GOTO Masanori                       gotom@debian.or.jp
+Greg Louis                          glouis@dynamicro.on.ca
+Greg McGary                         gkm@gnu.org
+Greg Troxel                         gdt@bbn.com
+Greg Wooledge                       gawooledge@sherwin.com
+Gregory Leblanc                     gleblanc@cu-portland.edu
+Göran Uddeborg                      goeran@uddeborg.pp.se
+H. J. Lu                            hjl@valinux.com
+Hans Verkuil                        hans@wyst.hobby.nl
+Harry Liu                           rliu@lek.ugcs.caltech.edu
+Herbert Xu                          herbert@gondor.apana.org.au
+Holger Berger                       hberger@ess.nec.de
+Hugh Daniel                         hugh@xanadu.com
+Ian Jackson                         ijackson@chiark.greenend.org.uk
+Ian Lance Taylor                    ian@cygnus.com
+Ian Turner                          vectro@pipeline.com
+James                               james@albion.glarp.com
+James Antill                        jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
+James Sneeringer                    jvs@ocslink.com
+James Tanis                         jtt@soscorp.com
+James Youngman                      james+usenet@free-lunch.demon.co.uk
+Jamie Lokier                        jamie@imbolc.ucc.ie
+Jan Fedak                           J.Fedak@sh.cvut.cz
+Jan Nieuwenhuizen                   janneke@gnu.org
+Janos Farkas                        chexum@shadow.banki.hu
+Jarkko Hietaniemi                   jhi@epsilon.hut.fi
+Jeff Moore                          jbm@mordor.com
+Jeff Sheinberg                      jeffsh@erols.com
+Jens Schmidt                        jms@jsds.hamburg.com
+Jerome Abela                        abela@hsc.fr
+Jesse Thilo                         jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
+Jie Xu                              xuj@iag.net
+Jim Blandy                          jimb@cyclic.com
+Jim Dennis                          jimd@starshine.org
+Joakim Rosqvist                     dvljrt@cs.umu.se
+Jochen Hein                         jochen@jochen.org
+Joe Orton                           joe@orton.demon.co.uk
+Johan Danielsson                    joda@pdc.kth.se
+John Bley                           jbb6@acpub.duke.edu
+John David Anglin                   dave.anglin@nrc.ca
+John Gatewood Ham                   zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
+John Gotts                          jgotts@umich.edu
+John Kendall                        kendall@capps.com
+John Kodis                          kodis@acm.org
+John Murphy                         jam@philabs.research.philips.com
+John Roll                           john@panic.harvard.edu
+John Salmon                         johns@mullet.anu.edu.au
+John Summerfield                    summer@OS2.ami.com.au
+Joost van Baal                      joostvb@xs4all.nl
+Joseph S. Myers                     jsm28@cam.ac.uk
+Jungshik Shin                       jshin@pantheon.yale.edu
+Jürgen Fluk                         louis@dachau.marco.de
+jvogel                              jvogel@linkny.com
+Kai-Uwe Rommel                      rommel@informatik.tu-muenchen.de
+Kai Henningsen                      kai@debian.org
+Kalle Olavi Niemitalo               tosi@stekt.oulu.fi
+Kamal Paul Nigam                    Kamal_Paul_Nigam@gs35.sp.cs.cmu.edu
+Karl Eichwalder                     keichwa@gmx.net
+Karl Heuer                          kwzh@gnu.org
+Karl-Michael Schneider              schneide@phil.uni-passau.de
+Karsten Thygesen                    karthy@kom.auc.dk
+Kaveh R. Ghazi                      ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu
+Keith Owens                         kaos@audio.apana.org.au
+Ken Pizzini                         kenp@halcyon.com
+Kjetil Torgrim Homme                kjetilho@ifi.uio.no
+Kristoffer Rose                     kris@diku.dk
+Larry McVoy                         lm@sgi.com
+Lars Hecking                        lhecking@nmrc.ucc.ie
+Lehti Rami                          rammer@cs.tut.fi
+Leonard N. Zubkoff                  lnz@dandelion.com
+Lorne Baker                         lbaker@nitro.avint.net
+M. P. Suzuki                        mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp
+Maciej Kwapulinski                  pikpok@univ.gda.pl
+Manas Garg                          manas@cygsoft.com
+Manfred Hollstein                   manfred@s-direktnet.de
+Marc Boucher                        marc@mbsi.ca
+Marc Olzheim                        marcolz@stack.nl
+Marco Franzen                       Marco.Franzen@Thyron.com
+Marcus Daniels                      marcus@ee.pdx.edu
+Mark A. Thomas                      thommark@access.digex.net
+Mark D. Roth                        roth@uiuc.edu
+Mark Harris                         mark@monitor.designacc.com
+Mark Hewitt                         mhewitt@armature.com
+Mark Kettenis                       kettenis@phys.uva.nl
+Mark W. Eichin                      eichin@cygnus.com
+Markus Demleitner                   msdemlei@auriga.ari.uni-heidelberg.de
+Martin                              martin@dresden.nacamar.de
+Martin Gallant                      martyg@goodbit.net
+Martin Hippe                        martin.hippe@schlund.de
+Martin Mitchell                     martin@debian.org
+Martin P.J. Zinser                  zinser@decus.de
+Marty Leisner                       leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
+Masami Takikawa                     takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
+Mate Wierdl                         mw@moni.msci.memphis.edu
+Matej Vela                          mvela@public.srce.hr
+Matthew Braun                       matthew@ans.net
+Matthew Clarke                      Matthew_Clarke@mindlink.bc.ca
+Matthew S. Levine                   mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+Matthew Swift                       swift@alum.mit.edu
+Mattias Wadenstein                  maswan@acc.umu.se
+Matthias Urlichs                    smurf@noris.de
+Meelis Roos                         mroos@tartu.cyber.ee
+Michael ???                         michael@roka.net
+Michael Deutschmann                 michael@talamasca.ocis.net
+Michael Hasselberg                  mikelh@zonta.ping.de
+Michael Hohn                        hohn@math.utah.edu
+Michael Stone                       mstone@debian.org
+Michael Stutz                       stutz@dsl.org
+Michael Veksler                     mveksler@techunix.technion.ac.il
+Michel Robitaille                   robitail@IRO.UMontreal.CA
+Michiel Bacchiani                   bacchian@raven.bu.edu
+Miles Bader                         miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Minh Tran-Le                        tranle@intellicorp.com
+Morten Welinder                     terra@diku.dk
+Nelson H. F. Beebe                  beebe@math.utah.edu
+Niklas Edmundsson                   nikke@acc.umu.se
+Noah Friedman                       friedman@splode.com
+Noel Cragg                          noel@red-bean.com
+Olav Morkrid                        olav@funcom.com
+Ørn E. Hansen                       oehansen@daimi.aau.dk
+Paul Eggert                         eggert@twinsun.com
+Paul Nevai                          nevai@ops.mps.ohio-state.edu
+Paul Sauer                          paul@alexa.com
+Paul Slootman                       paul@debian.org
+Per Cederqvist                      ceder@lysator.liu.se
+Per Kristian Hove                   perhov@math.ntnu.no
+Peter Eriksson                      peter@ifm.liu.se
+Peter Moulder                       reiter@netspace.net.au
+Peter Samuelson                     psamuels@sampo.creighton.edu
+Peter Seebach                       seebs@taniemarie.solon.com
+Phil Richards                       phil.richards@vf.vodafone.co.uk
+Philippe De Muyter                  phdm@macqel.be
+Philippe Schnoebelen                Philippe.Schnoebelen@imag.fr
+Piergiorgio Sartor                  sartor@sony.de
+Piotr Kwapulinski                   kwap@univ.gda.pl
+Prashant TR                         tr@eth.net
+Rainer Orth                         ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
+Ralf W. Stephan                     stephan@tmt.de
+Ralph Loader                        loader@maths.ox.ac.uk
+Raul Miller                         moth@magenta.com
+Richard Braakman                    dark@xs4all.nl
+Richard J. Rauenzahn                rrauenza@hairball.cup.hp.com
+Richard Sharman                     rsharman@magmacom.com
+Rick Sladkey                        jrs@world.std.com
+Rik Faith                           faith@cs.unc.edu
+Risto Kankkunen                     kankkune@lingsoft.fi
+Robert H. de Vries                  robert@and.nl
+Rogier Wolff                        R.E.Wolff@BitWizard.nl
+Ronald F. Guilmette                 rfg@netcom.com
+Ross Alexander                      r.alexander@auckland.ac.nz
+Ross Paterson                       rap@doc.ic.ac.uk
+Ross Ridge                          rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
+Sami Farin                          sfarin@ratol.fi
+Samuli Karkkainen                   Samuli.Karkkainen@hut.fi
+Sander van Malssen                  svm@kozmix.ow.nl
+Santiago Vila Doncel                sanvila@unex.es
+Savochkin Andrey Vladimirovich      saw@msu.ru
+Scott Lurndal                       slurn@griffin.engr.sgi.com
+Stephen Gildea                      gildea@x.org
+Stephen Smoogen                     ??????????
+Steve McConnel                      steve@acadcomp.sil.org
+Stuart Kemp                         skemp@peter.bmc.com
+Tadayoshi Funaba                    tadf@kt.rim.or.jp
+Theodore Ts'o                       tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu
+Thomas Bushnell                     thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Thomas Quinot                       thomas@Cuivre.FR.EU.ORG
+Tim Smithers                        mouse@dmouse.com.au
+Tim Waugh                           twaugh@redhat
+Todd A. Jacobs                      tjacobs@codegnome.org
+Tom Quinn                           trq@dionysos.thphys.ox.ac.uk
+Ton Hospel                          thospel@mail.dma.be
+Tony Leneis                         tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
+Tony Robinson                       ajr@eng.cam.ac.uk
+Torbjorn Granlund                   tege@nada.kth.se
+Torbjorn Lindgren                   tl@funcom.no
+Torsten Landschoff                  torsten@pclab.ifg.uni-kiel.de
+Ulrich Drepper                      drepper@gnu.org
+Urs Thuermann                       urs@isnogud.escape.de
+Vesselin Atanasov                   vesselin@bgnet.bg
+Vin Shelton                         acs@alumni.princeton.edu
+Volker Borchert                     bt@teknon.de
+Wayne Stewart                       wstewa@atl.com
+Wenjun Zheng                        zwj@yahoo.com
+Werner Almesberger                  Werner.Almesberger@epfl.ch
+Wichert Akkerman                    wichert@cistron.nl
+Will Edgington                      wedgingt@acm.org
+William Bader                       william@nscs.fast.net
+William Dowling                     will@franklin.com
+William Lewis                       wiml@omnigroup.com
+Wolfram Kleff                       kleff@cs.uni-bonn.de
+Won-kyu Park                        wkpark@chem.skku.ac.kr
+Zvi Har'El                          rl@math.technion.ac.il

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -1,20 +1,19 @@
 Makefile
-fileutils.info
-version.texi
-fileutils.info*
-fileutils.log
-fileutils.dvi
 fileutils.aux
-fileutils.toc
-fileutils.cp
-fileutils.fn
-fileutils.vr
-fileutils.tp
-fileutils.ky
-fileutils.pg
 fileutils.cm
-fileutils.fl
-fileutils.op
+fileutils.cp
 fileutils.cps
+fileutils.dvi
+fileutils.fl
+fileutils.fn
+fileutils.info
+fileutils.info*
+fileutils.ky
+fileutils.log
+fileutils.op
+fileutils.pg
+fileutils.toc
+fileutils.tp
+fileutils.vr
 stamp-vti
 version.texi

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -3,8 +3,12 @@ info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
 
 EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
 
-# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
-# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
-# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
+# If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
+# then this is necessary even if the package name is 7 characters long.
+#
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: <package>.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like <package>.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2d from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -10,8 +11,7 @@
 # even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
 # PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
 
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
+SHELL = @SHELL@
 
 srcdir = @srcdir@
 top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
+INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG =
 transform = @program_transform_name@
 
 NORMAL_INSTALL = :
@@ -55,52 +56,84 @@ POST_INSTALL = :
 NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
 PRE_UNINSTALL = :
 POST_UNINSTALL = :
+
+@SET_MAKE@
+host_alias = @host_alias@
+host_triplet = @host@
+AMDEP = @AMDEP@
+AMTAR = @AMTAR@
+AWK = @AWK@
 CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
 CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
 CPP = @CPP@
+CXX = @CXX@
+CXXCPP = @CXXCPP@
 DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
 DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
+FESETROUND_LIBM = @FESETROUND_LIBM@
 GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GETLOADAVG_LIBS = @GETLOADAVG_LIBS@
+GLIBC21 = @GLIBC21@
 GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
 GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GNU_PACKAGE = @GNU_PACKAGE@
 GT_NO = @GT_NO@
 GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INCLUDE_LOCALE_H = @INCLUDE_LOCALE_H@
 INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
 INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
 INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
 INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+KMEM_GROUP = @KMEM_GROUP@
+LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
 LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
+LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME = @LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME@
+LIB_CRYPT = @LIB_CRYPT@
+LIB_NANOSLEEP = @LIB_NANOSLEEP@
+MAN = @MAN@
 MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
 MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-MVDIR_PROG = @MVDIR_PROG@
+NEED_SETGID = @NEED_SETGID@
+OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS = @OPTIONAL_BIN_PROGS@
+OPTIONAL_BIN_ZCRIPTS = @OPTIONAL_BIN_ZCRIPTS@
 PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
 PERL = @PERL@
 POFILES = @POFILES@
 POSUB = @POSUB@
+POW_LIBM = @POW_LIBM@
 RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+SEQ_LIBM = @SEQ_LIBM@
+SQRT_LIBM = @SQRT_LIBM@
 U = @U@
 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
 USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
 VERSION = @VERSION@
 YACC = @YACC@
+install_sh = @install_sh@
 l = @l@
 
+
 info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
 
 EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
 
-# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
-# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
-# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (sh-utils.info-) on some crufty
+# The following is necessary if the package name is 8 characters or longer.
+# If the info documentation would be split into 10 or more separate files,
+# then this is necessary even if the package name is 7 characters long.
+#
+# Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: <package>.info.
+# Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like <package>.info-[123],
+# and those names all map to one 14-byte name (<package>.info-) on some crufty
 # old systems.
 MAKEINFO = makeinfo --no-split
+subdir = doc
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
+DIST_SOURCES = 
 TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
-TEXINFO_TEX = $(srcdir)/texinfo.tex
 INFO_DEPS = fileutils.info
 DVIS = fileutils.dvi
 TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
@@ -108,34 +141,34 @@ DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
 version.texi
 
 
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-
-TAR = tar
-GZIP = --best
-default: all
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
+GZIP_ENV = --best
+all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo .txi
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile
 
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
 	cd $(top_builddir) \
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
 
-version.texi: @MAINT@stamp-vti
-	cp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
+$(srcdir)/version.texi: stamp-vti
+	@:
 
-stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	@echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && $(SHELL) ./mdate-sh fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
-	@echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	@echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti \
-	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/stamp-vti"; \
-	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti)
+$(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
+	@(set `$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/mdate-sh $(srcdir)/fileutils.texi`; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED $$1 $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set UPDATED-MONTH $$2 $$3"; \
+	echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)"; \
+	echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)") > vti.tmp
+	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi \
+	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/version.texi"; \
+	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi)
 	-@rm -f vti.tmp
+	@cp $(srcdir)/version.texi $@
 
 mostlyclean-vti:
 	-rm -f vti.tmp
@@ -145,7 +178,7 @@ clean-vti:
 distclean-vti:
 
 maintainer-clean-vti:
-	-@MAINT@rm -f stamp-vti version.texi
+	-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
 fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
 fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
@@ -180,66 +213,87 @@ DVIPS = dvips
 .texinfo.dvi:
 	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
 	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.txi.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.txi.dvi:
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+
+.txi:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 .dvi.ps:
 	$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
 
 install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-	$(mkinstalldirs) $(infodir)
-	@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
+	  for ifile in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
 	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
-	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$ifile; \
 	    else : ; fi; \
 	  done; \
 	done
 	@$(POST_INSTALL)
 	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file";\
-	    install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file || :;\
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file";\
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file || :;\
 	  done; \
 	else : ; fi
 
 uninstall-info:
 	$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
 	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
-	  ii=yes; \
-	else ii=; fi; \
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  test -z "$ii" \
-	    || install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
-	done
-	$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
-	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  (cd $(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
+	  list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	  for file in $$list; do \
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file"; \
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(DESTDIR)$(infodir) --remove $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$file; \
+	  done; \
+	else :; fi
+	@$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	@list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for file in $$list; do \
+	  (if cd $(DESTDIR)$(infodir); then \
+	     echo " rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9])"; \
+	     rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]; \
+	   else :; fi); \
 	done
 
 dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-	for base in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
+	for base in $$list; do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  for file in `cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
+	  for file in `CDPATH=: && cd $$d && eval echo $$base*`; do \
 	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	    || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
 	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
 	  done; \
 	done
 
 mostlyclean-aminfo:
 	-rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
-	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.ky fileutils.kys \
-	  fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg fileutils.toc \
-	  fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr fileutils.vrs \
-	  fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv fileutils.cn
+	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.pgs fileutils.ky \
+	  fileutils.kys fileutils.ps fileutils.log fileutils.pg \
+	  fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.tps fileutils.vr \
+	  fileutils.vrs fileutils.op fileutils.tr fileutils.cv \
+	  fileutils.cn fileutils.cm fileutils.ov
 
 clean-aminfo:
 
 distclean-aminfo:
 
 maintainer-clean-aminfo:
-	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	cd $(srcdir) && for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
 	  rm -f $$i; \
 	  if test "`echo $$i-[0-9]*`" != "$$i-[0-9]*"; then \
 	    rm -f $$i-[0-9]*; \
@@ -251,75 +305,81 @@ TAGS:
 
 distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
 
-subdir = doc
-
 distdir: $(DISTFILES)
-	here=`cd $(top_builddir) && pwd`; \
-	top_distdir=`cd $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
-	distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd`; \
-	cd $(top_srcdir) \
-	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits doc/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
+	  if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
+	    cp -pR $$d/$$file $(distdir) \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  else \
+	    test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file \
+	    || exit 1; \
+	  fi; \
 	done
-	$(MAKE) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
-dvi: $(DVIS)
-check: all
-	$(MAKE)
-installcheck:
-install-exec: 
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
+info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
+info: info-am
+dvi-am: $(DVIS)
+dvi: dvi-am
+check-am: all-am
+check: check-am
+installcheck-am:
+installcheck: installcheck-am
+install-exec-am:
+install-exec: install-exec-am
 
-install-data: install-info-am
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-
-install: install-exec install-data all
-	@:
-
-uninstall: uninstall-info
-
-all: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
+install-data-am: install-info-am
+install-data: install-data-am
 
+install-am: all-am
+	@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
+install: install-am
+uninstall-am: uninstall-info
+uninstall: uninstall-am
+all-am: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
+all-redirect: all-am
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s install
 installdirs:
-	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(infodir)
+	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(DESTDIR)$(infodir)
 
 
 mostlyclean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
 
 clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
 
 distclean-generic:
-	-rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
+	-rm -f Makefile $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 	-rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
-	-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
-	-test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-	-test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
+	-rm -f Makefile.in
+mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
 
-clean:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean
+mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
 
-distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean
-	-rm -f config.status
+clean-am:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean-am
 
-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
+clean: clean-am
+
+distclean-am:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean-am
+
+distclean: distclean-am
+
+maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
+		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
-.PHONY: default mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti \
-maintainer-clean-vti install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo \
-distclean-aminfo clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info \
-dvi installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
+maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
+
+.PHONY: mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti maintainer-clean-vti \
+install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo distclean-aminfo \
+clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info-am info dvi-am \
+dvi check check-am installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-am \
+install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \
+uninstall-am uninstall all-redirect all-am all install-strip \
 installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
 maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 

doc/getdate.texi

@@ -30,27 +30,32 @@ or a week from Sunday, with feelings of helpless confusion.  @dots{}
 --- Robert Grudin, @cite{Time and the Art of Living}.
 @end quotation
 
-This section describes the textual date representations that GNU
+This section describes the textual date representations that @sc{gnu}
 programs accept.  These are the strings you, as a user, can supply as
 arguments to the various programs.  The C interface (via the
 @code{getdate} function) is not described here.
 
-@cindex beginning of time, for Unix
-@cindex epoch, for Unix
-Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since zero
-A.D., computer integers are not big enough for such a (comparatively)
-long time.  The earliest date semantically allowed on Unix systems is
-midnight, 1 January 1970 UCT.
+@cindex beginning of time, for @sc{posix}
+@cindex epoch, for @sc{posix}
+Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since the
+year zero, computer integers often cannot represent such a wide range of
+time.  On @sc{posix} systems, the clock starts at 1970-01-01 00:00:00
+@sc{utc}: @sc{posix} does not require support for times before the
+@sc{posix} Epoch and times far in the future.  Traditional Unix systems
+have 32-bit signed @code{time_t} and can represent times from 1901-12-13
+20:45:52 through 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}.  Systems with 64-bit
+signed @code{time_t} can represent all the times in the known
+lifetime of the universe.
 
 @menu
 * General date syntax::            Common rules.
-* Calendar date item::             19 Dec 1994.
-* Time of day item::               9:20pm.
-* Time zone item::                 EST, DST, BST, UTC, ...
-* Day of week item::               Monday and others.
-* Relative item in date strings::  next tuesday, 2 years ago.
+* Calendar date items::            19 Dec 1994.
+* Time of day items::              9:20pm.
+* Time zone items::                @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
+* Day of week items::              Monday and others.
+* Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
 * Pure numbers in date strings::   19931219, 1440.
-* Authors of getdate::             Bellovin, Salz, Berets, et al.
+* Authors of getdate::             Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
 @end menu
 
 
@@ -103,8 +108,8 @@ nested.  Hyphens not followed by a digit are currently ignored.  Leading
 zeros on numbers are ignored.
 
 
-@node Calendar date item
-@section Calendar date item
+@node Calendar date items
+@section Calendar date items
 
 @cindex calendar date item
 
@@ -113,13 +118,14 @@ specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
 numerically or literally.  All these strings specify the same calendar date:
 
 @example
-1970-09-17           # ISO 8601.
-70-9-17              # This century assumed by default.
-70-09-17             # Leading zeros are ignored.
-9/17/72              # Common U.S. writing.
+1972-09-24     # @sc{iso} 8601.
+72-9-24        # Assume 19xx for 69 through 99,
+               # 20xx for 00 through 68.
+72-09-24       # Leading zeros are ignored.
+9/24/72        # Common U.S. writing.
 24 September 1972
-24 Sept 72           # September has a special abbreviation.
-24 Sep 72            # Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
+24 Sept 72     # September has a special abbreviation.
+24 Sep 72      # Three-letter abbreviations always allowed.
 Sep 24, 1972
 24-sep-72
 24sep72
@@ -129,20 +135,21 @@ The year can also be omitted.  In this case, the last specified year is
 used, or the current year if none.  For example:
 
 @example
-9/17
-sep 17
+9/24
+sep 24
 @end example
 
 Here are the rules.
 
-@cindex ISO 8601 date format
-@cindex date format, ISO 8601
-For numeric months, the ISO 8601 format
+@cindex @sc{iso} 8601 date format
+@cindex date format, @sc{iso} 8601
+For numeric months, the @sc{iso} 8601 format
 @samp{@var{year}-@var{month}-@var{day}} is allowed, where @var{year} is
 any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 01 and 12, and
 @var{day} is a number between 01 and 31.  A leading zero must be present
-if a number is less than ten.  If @var{year} is less than 100, then 1900
-is added to it to force a date in this century.  The construct
+if a number is less than ten.  If @var{year} is 68 or smaller, then 2000
+is added to it; otherwise, if @var{year} is less than 100,
+then 1900 is added to it.  The construct
 @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}/@var{year}}, popular in the United States,
 is accepted.  Also @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}}, omitting the year.
 
@@ -172,8 +179,8 @@ Or, omitting the year:
 @end example
 
 
-@node Time of day item
-@section Time of day item
+@node Time of day items
+@section Time of day items
 
 @cindex time of day item
 
@@ -184,7 +191,7 @@ day.  Here are some examples, all of which represent the same time:
 20:02:0
 20:02
 8:02pm
-20:02-0500      # In EST (Eastern U.S. Standard Time).
+20:02-0500      # In @sc{est} (U.S. Eastern Standard Time).
 @end example
 
 More generally, the time of the day may be given as
@@ -204,6 +211,9 @@ or @samp{p.m.}), @var{hour} is restricted to run from 1 to 12, and
 indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
 half of the day.  In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
 midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.
+(This is the zero-oriented interpretation of @samp{12am} and @samp{12pm},
+as opposed to the old tradition derived from Latin
+which uses @samp{12m} for noon and @samp{12pm} for midnight.)
 
 @cindex time zone correction
 @cindex minutes, time zone correction by
@@ -212,138 +222,37 @@ expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
 or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
 of zone minutes.  When a time zone correction is given this way, it
 forces interpretation of the time relative to
-Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), overriding any previous
+Coordinated Universal Time (@sc{utc}), overriding any previous
 specification for the time zone or the local time zone.  The @var{minute}
 part of the time of the day may not be elided when a time zone correction
-is used.  This is the only way to specify a time zone correction by
+is used.  This is the best way to specify a time zone correction by
 fractional parts of an hour.
 
 Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a time zone correction may be specified,
 but not both.
 
 
-@node Time zone item
-@section Time zone item
+@node Time zone items
+@section Time zone items
 
 @cindex time zone item
 
-A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated by
-a small set of letters.  They are supported for backward compatibility reasons,
-but they are not recommended because they are ambiguous in practice:
-for example, the abbreviation @samp{EST} has different meanings in
-Australia and the United States.  Any included period is ignored.  Military
-time zone designations use a single letter.  Currently, only integral
-zone hours may be represented in a time zone item.  See the previous
-section for a finer control over the time zone correction.
+A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated
+by a small set of letters, e.g., @samp{UTC} for Coordinated Universal
+Time.  Any included periods are ignored.  By following a
+non-daylight-saving time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate
+word (that is, separated by some white space), the corresponding
+daylight saving time zone may be specified.
 
-Here are many non-daylight-saving-time time zones, indexed by the zone
-hour value.
-
-@table @asis
-@item -1200
-@samp{Y} for militaries.
-@item -1100
-@samp{X} for militaries.
-@item -1000
-@samp{W} for militaries.
-@item -0900
-@samp{V} for militaries.
-@item -0800
-@samp{PST} for Pacific Standard, and
-@samp{U} for militaries.
-@item -0700
-@samp{MST} for Mountain Standard, and
-@samp{T} for militaries.
-@item -0600
-@samp{CST} for Central Standard, and
-@samp{S} for militaries.
-@item -0500
-@samp{EST} for Eastern Standard, and
-@samp{R} for militaries.
-@item -0400
-@samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard, and
-@samp{Q} for militaries.
-@item -0300
-@samp{P} for militaries.
-@item -0200
-@samp{O} for militaries.
-@item -0100
-@samp{N} for militaries.
-@item +0000
-@cindex Greenwich Mean Time
-@cindex Coordinated Universal Time
-@cindex Universal Coordinated Time
-@cindex Universal Time (Coordinated)
-@samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean,
-@samp{UT} for Universal,
-@samp{UTC} for Coordinated Universal,
-@samp{WET} for Western European, and
-@samp{Z} for ISO 8601 and militaries.
-@item +0100
-@samp{A} for militaries,
-@samp{CET} for Central European,
-@samp{MET} for Midden Europesche Tijd (Dutch), and
-@samp{MEZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Zeit (German).
-@item +0200
-@samp{B} for militaries, and
-@samp{EET} for Eastern European.
-@item +0300
-@samp{C} for militaries.
-@item +0400
-@samp{D} for militaries.
-@item +0500
-@samp{E} for militaries.
-@item +0600
-@samp{F} for militaries.
-@item +0700
-@samp{G} for militaries.
-@item +0800
-@samp{H} for militaries.
-@item +0900
-@samp{I} for militaries, and
-@samp{JST} for Japan Standard.
-@item +1000
-@samp{GST} for Guam Standard, and
-@samp{K} for militaries.
-@item +1100
-@samp{L} for militaries.
-@item +1200
-@samp{M} for militaries, and
-@samp{NZST} for New Zealand Standard.
-@end table
-
-@cindex daylight-saving time
-Here are many daylight-saving time (DST) time zones,
-indexed by the zone hour value.  Also, by
-following a non-DST time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
-(that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST time zone
-may be specified.
-
-@table @asis
-@item -0700
-@samp{PDT} for Pacific Daylight.
-@item -0600
-@samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
-@item -0500
-@samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
-@item -0400
-@samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
-@item -0300
-@samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
-@item +0100
-@samp{BST} for British Summer, and
-@samp{WEST} for Western European Summer.
-@item +0200
-@samp{CEST} for Central European Summer,
-@samp{MEST} for Midden Europesche S. Tijd (Dutch), and
-@samp{MESZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Sommerzeit (German).
-@item +1300
-@samp{NZDT} for New Zealand Daylight.
-@end table
+Time zone items are obsolescent and are not recommended, because they
+are ambiguous; for example, @samp{EST} has a different meaning in
+Australia than in the United States.  Instead, it's better to use
+unambiguous numeric time zone corrections like @samp{-0500}, as
+described in the previous section.
 
 
-@node Day of week item
-@section Day of week item
+@node Day of week items
+@section Day of week items
 
 @cindex day of week item
 
@@ -369,8 +278,8 @@ the day that @var{day} by itself would represent.
 A comma following a day of the week item is ignored.
 
 
-@node Relative item in date strings
-@section Relative item in date strings
+@node Relative items in date strings
+@section Relative items in date strings
 
 @cindex relative items in date strings
 @cindex displacement of dates
@@ -407,7 +316,7 @@ The unit of time may be preceded by a multiplier, given as an optionally
 signed number.  Unsigned numbers are taken as positively signed.  No
 number at all implies 1 for a multiplier.  Following a relative item by
 the string @samp{ago} is equivalent to preceding the unit by a
-multiplicator with value @math{-1}.
+multiplier with value @math{-1}.
 
 @findex day @r{in date strings}
 @findex tomorrow @r{in date strings}
@@ -422,14 +331,14 @@ one day in the past (equivalent to @samp{day ago}).
 The strings @samp{now} or @samp{today} are relative items corresponding
 to zero-valued time displacement, these strings come from the fact
 a zero-valued time displacement represents the current time when not
-otherwise change by previous items.  They may be used to stress other
+otherwise changed by previous items.  They may be used to stress other
 items, like in @samp{12:00 today}.  The string @samp{this} also has
 the meaning of a zero-valued time displacement, but is preferred in
 date strings like @samp{this thursday}.
 
-When a relative item makes the resulting date to cross the boundary
-between DST and non-DST (or vice-versa), the hour is adjusted according
-to the local time.
+When a relative item causes the resulting date to cross a boundary
+where the clocks were adjusted, typically for daylight-saving time,
+the resulting date and time are adjusted accordingly.
 
 
 @node Pure numbers in date strings
@@ -437,11 +346,11 @@ to the local time.
 
 @cindex pure numbers in date strings
 
-The precise intepretation of a pure decimal number is dependent of
-the context in the date string.
+The precise interpretation of a pure decimal number depends
+on the context in the date string.
 
 If the decimal number is of the form @var{yyyy}@var{mm}@var{dd} and no
-other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date item}) appears before it
+other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date items}) appears before it
 in the date string, then @var{yyyy} is read as the year, @var{mm} as the
 month number and @var{dd} as the day of the month, for the specified
 calendar date.
@@ -466,16 +375,17 @@ year.
 @cindex Berets, Jim
 @cindex MacKenzie, David
 @cindex Meyering, Jim
+@cindex Eggert, Paul
 @code{getdate} was originally implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
-(@samp{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
+(@email{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
 at Chapel Hill.  The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
-Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@samp{rsalz@@bbn.com})
-and Jim Berets (@samp{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990.  Various
-revisions for the GNU system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
-and others.
+Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@email{rsalz@@bbn.com})
+and Jim Berets (@email{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990.  Various
+revisions for the @sc{gnu} system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
+Paul Eggert and others.
 
 @cindex Pinard, F.
 @cindex Berry, K.
 This chapter was originally produced by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
-(@samp{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
-and then edited by K.@: Berry (@samp{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).
+(@email{pinard@@iro.umontreal.ca}) from the @file{getdate.y} source code,
+and then edited by K.@: Berry (@email{kb@@cs.umb.edu}).

doc/perm.texi

@@ -276,18 +276,8 @@ o+t
 
 Remember that the special permissions only affect files that are
 executable, plus, on some systems, directories (on which they have
-different meanings; @pxref{Mode Structure}).  Using @samp{a}
-in the @var{users} part of a symbolic mode does not cause the special
-permissions to be affected; thus,
-
-@example
-a+s
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-has @emph{no effect}.  You must use @samp{u}, @samp{g}, and @samp{o}
-explicitly to affect the special permissions.  Also, the
-combinations @samp{u+t}, @samp{g+t}, and @samp{o+s} have no effect.
+different meanings; @pxref{Mode Structure}).
+Also, the combinations @samp{u+t}, @samp{g+t}, and @samp{o+s} have no effect.
 
 The @samp{=} operator is not very useful with special permissions; for
 example, the mode:
@@ -342,7 +332,7 @@ og+rX-w
 gives users other than the owner of the file read permission and, if
 it is a directory or if someone already had execute permission
 to it, gives them execute permission; and it also denies them write
-permission to it file.  It does not affect the permission that the
+permission to the file.  It does not affect the permission that the
 owner of the file has for it.  The above mode is equivalent to
 the two modes:
 
@@ -430,7 +420,7 @@ the file to all users.
 @cindex numeric modes
 @cindex file permissions, numeric
 @cindex octal numbers for file modes
-File permissions are stored internally as 16 bit integers.  As an
+File permissions are stored internally as integers.  As an
 alternative to giving a symbolic mode, you can give an octal (base 8)
 number that corresponds to the internal representation of the new mode.
 This number is always interpreted in octal; you do not have to add a
@@ -440,12 +430,13 @@ A numeric mode is usually shorter than the corresponding symbolic
 mode, but it is limited in that it can not take into account a file's
 previous permissions; it can only set them absolutely.
 
-The permissions granted to the user, to other users in the file's group,
+On most systems, the permissions granted to the user,
+to other users in the file's group,
 and to other users not in the file's group are each stored as three
 bits, which are represented as one octal digit.  The three special
 permissions are also each stored as one bit, and they are as a group
-represented as another octal digit.  Here is how the bits are arranged
-in the 16 bit integer, starting with the lowest valued bit:
+represented as another octal digit.  Here is how the bits are arranged,
+starting with the lowest valued bit:
 
 @example
 Value in  Corresponding

doc/sh-utils.texi

@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
 * factor: (sh-utils)factor invocation.          Print prime factors
 * false: (sh-utils)false invocation.            Do nothing, unsuccessfully.
 * groups: (sh-utils)groups invocation.          Print group names a user is in.
+* hostid: (sh-utils)hostid invocation.          Print numeric host identifier.
 * hostname: (sh-utils)hostname invocation.      Print or set system name.
 * id: (sh-utils)id invocation.                  Print real/effective uid/gid.
 * logname: (sh-utils)logname invocation.        Print current login name.
@@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
 @ifinfo
 This file documents the GNU shell utilities.
 
-Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -95,7 +96,7 @@ by the Foundation.
 
 @page
 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995, 1996, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -113,7 +114,7 @@ by the Foundation.
 @end titlepage
 
 
-@ifinfo
+@ifnottex
 @node Top
 @top GNU shell utilities
 
@@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU shell utilities.
 
 * Index::                       General index.
 @end menu
-@end ifinfo
+@end ifnottex
 
 
 @node Introduction
@@ -166,7 +167,7 @@ The GNU shell utilities are mostly compatible with the POSIX.2 standard.
 @c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
 @c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
 @cindex bugs, reporting
-Please report bugs to @samp{sh-utils-bugs@@gnu.ai.mit.edu}.  Remember
+Please report bugs to @samp{bug-sh-utils@@gnu.org}.  Remember
 to include the version number, machine architecture, input files, and
 any other information needed to reproduce the bug: your input, what you
 expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
@@ -320,6 +321,21 @@ the @var{format} string.
 and @samp{\xhhh} as a hexadecimal number (if @var{hhh} is 1 to 3 hex
 digits) specifying a character to print.
 
+@kindex \uhhhh
+@kindex \Uhhhhhhhh
+@code{printf} interprets two character syntaxes introduced in ISO C 99:
+@samp{\u} for 16-bit Unicode characters, specified as 4 hex digits
+@var{hhhh}, and @samp{\U} for 32-bit Unicode characters, specified as 8 hex
+digits @var{hhhhhhhh}. @code{printf} outputs the Unicode characters
+according to the LC_CTYPE part of the current locale, i.e. depending
+on the values of the environment variables @code{LC_ALL}, @code{LC_CTYPE},
+@code{LANG}.
+
+The processing of @samp{\u} and @samp{\U} requires a full-featured
+@code{iconv} facility. It is activated on systems with glibc 2.2 (or newer),
+or when @code{libiconv} is installed prior to the sh-utils. Otherwise the
+use of @samp{\u} and @samp{\U} will give an error message.
+
 @kindex \c
 An additional escape, @samp{\c}, causes @code{printf} to produce no
 further output.
@@ -327,6 +343,43 @@ further output.
 The only options are a lone @samp{--help} or
 @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common options}.
 
+The Unicode character syntaxes are useful for writing strings in a locale
+independent way. For example, a string containing the Euro currency symbol
+
+@example
+$ /usr/local/bin/printf '\u20AC 14.95'
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will be output correctly in all locales supporting the Euro symbol
+(ISO-8859-15, UTF-8, and others). Similarly, a Chinese string
+
+@example
+$ /usr/local/bin/printf '\u4e2d\u6587'
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+will be output correctly in all Chinese locales (GB2312, BIG5, UTF-8, etc).
+
+Note that in these examples, the full pathname of @code{printf} has been
+given, to distinguish it from the GNU @code{bash} builtin function
+@code{printf}.
+
+For larger strings, you don't need to look up the hexadecimal code
+values of each character one by one. ASCII characters mixed with \u
+escape sequences is also known as the JAVA source file encoding. You can
+use GNU recode 3.5c (or newer) to convert strings to this encoding. Here
+is how to convert a piece of text into a shell script which will output
+this text in a locale-independent way:
+
+@smallexample
+$ LC_CTYPE=zh_CN.big5 /usr/local/bin/printf \
+    '\u4e2d\u6587\n' > sample.txt
+$ recode BIG5..JAVA < sample.txt \
+    | sed -e "s|^|/usr/local/bin/printf '|" -e "s|$|\\\\n'|" \
+    > sample.sh
+@end smallexample
+
 
 @node yes invocation
 @section @code{yes}: Print a string until interrupted
@@ -366,15 +419,21 @@ pipeline.
 @section @code{false}: Do nothing, unsuccessfully
 
 @pindex false
-
-@cindex exit status of @code{true}
+@cindex do nothing, unsuccessfully
 @cindex failure exit status
+@cindex exit status of @code{false}
+
 @code{false} does nothing except return an exit status of 1, meaning
 @dfn{failure}.  It can be used as a place holder in shell scripts
 where an unsuccessful command is needed.
 
-Any arguments are ignored, except for a lone @samp{--help} or
-@samp{--version} (@pxref{Common options}).
+@code{false} ignores @emph{all} command line arguments, even @samp{--help}
+and @samp{--version}, since to do otherwise would change expected
+behavior that some programmers may be relying on.
+
+This version of @code{false} is implemented as a C program, and is thus
+more secure and faster than a shell script implementation, and may safely
+be used as a dummy shell for the purpose of disabling accounts.
 
 
 @node true invocation
@@ -384,15 +443,20 @@ Any arguments are ignored, except for a lone @samp{--help} or
 @cindex do nothing, successfully
 @cindex no-op
 @cindex successful exit
-
 @cindex exit status of @code{true}
+
 @code{true} does nothing except return an exit status of 0, meaning
 @dfn{success}.  It can be used as a place holder in shell scripts
 where a successful command is needed, although the shell built-in
-command @code{:} (colon) may be faster.
+command @code{:} (colon) does the same thing faster.
 
-Any arguments are ignored, except for a lone @samp{--help} or
-@samp{--version} (@pxref{Common options}).
+@code{true} ignores @emph{all} command line arguments, even @samp{--help}
+and @samp{--version}, since to do otherwise would change expected
+behavior that some programmers may be relying on.
+
+This version of @code{true} is implemented as a C program, and is thus
+more secure and faster than a shell script implementation, and may safely
+be used as a dummy shell for the purpose of disabling accounts.
 
 
 @node test invocation
@@ -695,7 +759,7 @@ True if either @var{expr1} or @var{expr2} is true.
 @code{expr} evaluates an expression and writes the result on standard
 output.  Each token of the expression must be a separate argument.
 
-Operands are either numbers or strings.  @code{expr} coerces
+Operands are either numbers or strings.  @code{expr} converts
 anything appearing in an operand position to an integer or a string
 depending on the operation being applied to it.
 
@@ -741,7 +805,7 @@ the next sections).
 @cindex pattern matching
 @cindex regular expression matching
 @cindex matching patterns
-Perform pattern matching.  The arguments are coerced to strings and the
+Perform pattern matching.  The arguments are converted to strings and the
 second is considered to be a (basic, a la GNU @code{grep}) regular
 expression, with a @code{^} implicitly prepended.  The first argument is
 then matched against this regular expression.
@@ -797,7 +861,7 @@ This makes it possible to test @code{expr length quote "$x"} or
 @code{expr quote "$x" : '.*/\(.\)'} and have it do the right thing even if
 the value of @var{$x} happens to be (for example) @code{/} or @code{index}.
 This operator is a GNU extension.  It is disabled when
-the environment variable @var{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.
+the environment variable @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.
 
 @end table
 
@@ -822,7 +886,7 @@ the connectives (next section) have higher.
 @kindex -
 @cindex addition
 @cindex subtraction
-Addition and subtraction.  Both arguments are coerced to numbers;
+Addition and subtraction.  Both arguments are converted to numbers;
 an error occurs if this cannot be done.
 
 @item * / %
@@ -832,7 +896,7 @@ an error occurs if this cannot be done.
 @cindex multiplication
 @cindex division
 @cindex remainder
-Multiplication, division, remainder.  Both arguments are coerced to
+Multiplication, division, remainder.  Both arguments are converted to
 numbers; an error occurs if this cannot be done.
 
 @end table
@@ -874,9 +938,9 @@ Return its first argument if neither argument is null or 0, otherwise
 @kindex >=
 @cindex comparison operators
 Compare the arguments and return 1 if the relation is true, 0 otherwise.
-@code{==} is a synonym for @code{=}.  @code{expr} first tries to coerce
+@code{==} is a synonym for @code{=}.  @code{expr} first tries to convert
 both arguments to numbers and do a numeric comparison; if either
-coercion fails, it does a lexicographic comparison.
+conversion fails, it does a lexicographic comparison.
 
 @end table
 
@@ -1140,15 +1204,16 @@ The only options are a lone @samp{--help} or
 Synopses:
 
 @example
-stty [@var{setting}]@dots{}
+stty [@var{option}] [@var{setting}]@dots{}
 stty [@var{option}]
 @end example
 
-If given no arguments, @code{stty} prints the baud rate, line
+If given no line settings, @code{stty} prints the baud rate, line
 discipline number (on systems that support it), and line settings
 that have been changed from the values set by @samp{stty sane}.
-Mode reading and setting are performed on the tty line connected to
-standard input.
+By default, mode reading and setting are performed on the tty line
+connected to standard input, although this can be modified by the
+@samp{--file} option.
 
 @code{stty} accepts many non-option arguments that change aspects of
 the terminal line operation, as described below.
@@ -1160,7 +1225,19 @@ The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 @itemx --all
 @opindex -a
 @opindex --all
-Print all current settings in human-readable form.
+Print all current settings in human-readable form.  This option may not
+be used in combination with any line settings.
+
+@item -F @var{device}
+@itemx --file=@var{device}
+@opindex -F
+@opindex --file
+Set the line opened by the filename specified in @var{device} instead of
+the tty line connected to standard input.  This option is necessary
+because opening a POSIX tty requires use of the @code{O_NONDELAY} flag to
+prevent a POSIX tty from blocking until the carrier detect line is high if
+the @code{clocal} flag is not set.  Hence, it is not always possible
+to allow the shell to open the device in the traditional manner.
 
 @item -g
 @itemx --save
@@ -1168,7 +1245,8 @@ Print all current settings in human-readable form.
 @opindex --save
 @cindex machine-readable @code{stty} output
 Print all current settings in a form that can be used as an argument to
-another @code{stty} command to restore the current settings.
+another @code{stty} command to restore the current settings.  This option
+may not be used in combination with any line settings.
 
 @end table
 
@@ -1544,9 +1622,10 @@ values.
 Same as:
 @c This is too long to write inline.
 @example
-cread -ignbrk brkint -inlcr -igncr icrnl -ixoff -iuclc -ixany
-imaxbel opost -olcuc -ocrnl onlcr -onocr -onlret -ofill -ofdel
-nl0 cr0 tab0 bs0 vt0 ff0 isig icanon iexten echo echoe echok -echonl
+cread -ignbrk brkint -inlcr -igncr icrnl -ixoff
+-iuclc -ixany imaxbel opost -olcuc -ocrnl onlcr
+-onocr -onlret -ofill -ofdel nl0 cr0 tab0 bs0 vt0
+ff0 isig icanon iexten echo echoe echok -echonl
 -noflsh -xcase -tostop -echoprt echoctl echoke
 @end example
 @noindent and also sets all special characters to their default values.
@@ -1562,9 +1641,9 @@ May be negated.  If negated, same as @code{raw}.
 @opindex raw
 Same as:
 @example
--ignbrk -brkint -ignpar -parmrk -inpck -istrip -inlcr -igncr
--icrnl -ixon -ixoff -iuclc -ixany -imaxbel -opost -isig -icanon
--xcase min 1 time 0
+-ignbrk -brkint -ignpar -parmrk -inpck -istrip
+-inlcr -igncr -icrnl -ixon -ixoff -iuclc -ixany
+-imaxbel -opost -isig -icanon -xcase min 1 time 0
 @end example
 @noindent May be negated.  If negated, same as @code{cooked}.
 
@@ -1708,7 +1787,7 @@ the time value has expired, when @code{-icanon} is set.
 
 @item time @var{n}
 @opindex time
-Set the number of tenths of a second before reads time out if the min
+Set the number of tenths of a second before reads time out if the minimum
 number of characters have not been read, when @code{-icanon} is set.
 
 @item ispeed @var{n}
@@ -1734,8 +1813,8 @@ Tell the kernel that the terminal has @var{n} columns.  Non-POSIX.
 @vindex LINES
 @vindex COLUMNS
 Print the number of rows and columns that the kernel thinks the
-terminal has.  (Systems that don't support rows and cols in the kernel
-typically use the environment variables @code{LINES} and @code{COLUMNS}
+terminal has.  (Systems that don't support rows and columns in the kernel
+typically use the environment variables @env{LINES} and @env{COLUMNS}
 instead; however, GNU @code{stty} does not know anything about them.)
 Non-POSIX.
 
@@ -1749,6 +1828,8 @@ Print the terminal speed.
 
 @item @var{n}
 @cindex baud rate, setting
+@c FIXME: Is this still true that the baud rate can't be set
+@c higher than 38400?
 Set the input and output speeds to @var{n}.  @var{n} can be one
 of: 0 50 75 110 134 134.5 150 200 300 600 1200 1800 2400 4800 9600
 19200 38400 @code{exta} @code{extb}.  @code{exta} is the same as
@@ -2106,6 +2187,7 @@ information.
 * date invocation::             Print or set system date and time.
 * uname invocation::            Print system information.
 * hostname invocation::         Print or set system name.
+* hostid invocation::           Print numeric host identifier.
 @end menu
 
 
@@ -2122,7 +2204,7 @@ format of the @samp{%c} directive (described below).  Synopses:
 @example
 date [@var{option}]@dots{} [+@var{format}]
 date [-u|--utc|--universal] @c this avoids a newline in the output
-[ @var{MMDDhhmm}[[@var{CC}]@var{YY}][.@var{ss}] ]
+[ MMDDhhmm[[CC]YY][.ss] ]
 @end example
 
 @findex strftime @r{and @code{date}}
@@ -2178,7 +2260,7 @@ Note that this value is the number of seconds between the epoch
 and the current date as defined by the localtime system call.
 It isn't changed by the @samp{--date} option.
 @item %S
-second (00@dots{}61)
+second (00@dots{}60)
 @item %T
 time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
 @item %X
@@ -2320,7 +2402,7 @@ zone.
 The argument must consist entirely of digits, which have the following
 meaning:
 
-@table @var
+@table @samp
 @item MM
 month
 @item DD
@@ -2376,12 +2458,37 @@ input.  This is useful when you have many dates to process, because the
 system overhead of starting up the @code{date} executable many times can
 be considerable.
 
+@item -I[@var{timespec}]
+@itemx --iso-8601[=@var{timespec}]
+@opindex -I[@var{timespec}]
+@opindex --iso-8601[=@var{timespec}]
+Display the date using the ISO 8601 format, @samp{%Y-%m-%d}.
+
+The optional argument @var{timespec} specifies the number of additional
+terms of the time to include.  It can be one of the following:
+@table @samp
+@item auto
+The default behavior: print just the date.
+
+@item hours
+Append the hour of the day to the date.
+
+@item minutes
+Append the hours and minutes.
+
+@item seconds
+Append the hours, minutes, and seconds.
+@end table
+
+If showing any time terms, then include the time zone using the format
+@samp{%z}.
+
+@item -R
 @itemx --rfc-822
 @opindex -R
 @opindex --rfc-822
-Display the time and date using the RFC-822-specified
+Display the time and date using the RFC-822-conforming
 format, @samp{%a, %_d %b %Y %H:%M:%S %z}.
-If @samp{--utc} is also specified, use @samp{GMT} in place of @samp{%z}.
 
 @item -r @var{file}
 @itemx --reference=@var{file}
@@ -2394,7 +2501,7 @@ time of @var{file}, instead of the current time and date.
 @itemx --set=@var{datestr}
 @opindex -s
 @opindex --set
-Set the time and date to @var{datestr},  See @samp{-d} above.
+Set the time and date to @var{datestr}.  See @samp{-d} above.
 
 @item -u
 @itemx --utc
@@ -2402,11 +2509,16 @@ Set the time and date to @var{datestr},  See @samp{-d} above.
 @opindex -u
 @opindex --utc
 @opindex --universal
-@cindex coordinated universal time
+@cindex Coordinated Universal Time
+@cindex UTC
 @cindex Greenwich Mean Time
-Print or set the time and date in Universal Coordinated Time instead of
-in local (wall clock) time.
-
+@cindex GMT
+Use Coordinated Universal Time (@sc{utc}) by operating as if the
+@env{TZ} environment variable was set to the string @samp{UTC0}.
+Normally, @command{date} operates in the time zone indicated by
+@env{TZ}, or the system default if @env{TZ} is not set.  Coordinated
+Universal Time is often called ``Greenwich Mean Time'' (@sc{gmt}) for
+historical reasons.
 @end table
 
 
@@ -2484,7 +2596,7 @@ To convert a date string to the number of seconds since the epoch
 the @samp{%s} format.  That can be useful in sorting and/or graphing
 and/or comparing data by date.  The following command outputs the
 number of the seconds since the epoch for the time one second later
-than the epoch, but in time zone five hours later (Cambridge, Massachusetts),
+than the epoch, but in a time zone five hours later (Cambridge, Massachusetts),
 thus a total of five hours and one second after the epoch:
 
 @example
@@ -2493,7 +2605,7 @@ date --date='1970-01-01 00:00:01 UTC +5 hours' +%s
 @end example
 
 Suppose you had @emph{not} specified time zone information in the example above.
-Then, date would have used your computer's idea of the time zone when
+Then, @code{date} would have used your computer's idea of the time zone when
 interpreting the string.  Here's what you would get if you were in
 Greenwich, England:
 
@@ -2613,7 +2725,6 @@ Print the operating system version.
 
 @end table
 
-
 @node hostname invocation
 @section @code{hostname}: Print or set system name
 
@@ -2636,6 +2747,29 @@ The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
 options}.
 
 
+@node hostid invocation
+@section @code{hostid}: Print numeric host identifier.
+
+@pindex hostid
+@cindex printing the host identifier
+
+@code{hostid} prints the numeric identifier of the current host
+in hexadecimal.  This command accepts no arguments.
+The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.
+@xref{Common options}.
+
+For example, here's what it prints on one system I use:
+
+@example
+$ hostid
+1bac013d
+@end example
+
+On that system, the 32-bit quantity happens to be closely
+related to the system's Internet address, but that isn't always
+the case.
+
+
 @node Modified command invocation
 @chapter Modified command invocation
 
@@ -2676,12 +2810,40 @@ Ordinarily, filenames are looked up starting at the root of the
 directory structure, i.e., @file{/}.  @code{chroot} changes the root to
 the directory @var{newroot} (which must exist) and then runs
 @var{command} with optional @var{args}.  If @var{command} is not
-specified, the default is the value of the @code{SHELL} environment
+specified, the default is the value of the @env{SHELL} environment
 variable or @code{/bin/sh} if not set, invoked with the @samp{-i} option.
 
 The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
 options}.
 
+Here are a few tips to help avoid common problems in using chroot.
+To start with a simple example, make @var{command} refer to a statically
+linked binary.  If you were to use a dynamically linked executable, then
+you'd have to arrange to have the shared libraries in the right place under
+your new root directory.
+
+For example, if you create a statically linked `ls' executable,
+and put it in /tmp/empty, you can run this command as root:
+
+@example
+$ chroot /tmp/empty /ls -Rl /
+@end example
+
+Then you'll see output like this:
+
+@example
+/:
+total 1023
+-rwxr-xr-x    1 0        0         1041745 Aug 16 11:17 ls
+@end example
+
+If you want to use a dynamically linked executable, say @code{bash},
+then first run @samp{ldd bash} to see what shared objects it needs.
+Then, in addition to copying the actual binary, also copy the listed
+files to the required positions under your intended new root directory.
+Finally, if the executable requires any other files (e.g., data, state,
+device files), copy them into place, too.
+
 
 @node env invocation
 @section @code{env}: Run a command in a modified environment
@@ -2706,7 +2868,7 @@ to an empty value is different from unsetting it.
 
 @vindex PATH
 The first remaining argument specifies the program name to invoke; it is
-searched for according to the @code{PATH} environment variable.  Any
+searched for according to the @env{PATH} environment variable.  Any
 remaining arguments are passed as arguments to that program.
 
 @cindex environment, printing
@@ -2799,7 +2961,7 @@ nohup @var{command} [@var{arg}]@dots{}
 
 @flindex nohup.out
 @code{nohup} increases the scheduling priority of @var{command} by 5, so
-it has a slightly smaller change to run.  If standard output is a terminal,
+it has a slightly smaller chance to run.  If standard output is a terminal,
 it and standard error are redirected so that they are appended to the
 file @file{nohup.out}; if that cannot be written to, they are appended
 to the file @file{$HOME/nohup.out}.  If that cannot be written to, the
@@ -2850,9 +3012,9 @@ effective user id of zero (the super-user).
 @vindex LOGNAME
 @cindex login shell
 By default, @code{su} does not change the current directory.
-It sets the environment variables @code{HOME} and @code{SHELL}
+It sets the environment variables @env{HOME} and @env{SHELL}
 from the password entry for @var{user}, and if @var{user} is not
-the super-user, sets @code{USER} and @code{LOGNAME} to @var{user}.
+the super-user, sets @env{USER} and @env{LOGNAME} to @var{user}.
 By default, the shell is not a login shell.
 
 Any additional @var{arg}s are passed as additional arguments to the
@@ -2903,10 +3065,10 @@ expansion (globbing), which is not likely to be useful.
 @vindex PATH
 @cindex login shell, creating
 Make the shell a login shell.  This means the following.  Unset all
-environment variables except @code{TERM}, @code{HOME}, and @code{SHELL}
-(which are set as described above), and @code{USER} and @code{LOGNAME}
+environment variables except @env{TERM}, @env{HOME}, and @env{SHELL}
+(which are set as described above), and @env{USER} and @env{LOGNAME}
 (which are set, even for the super-user, as described above), and set
-@code{PATH} to a compiled-in default value.  Change to @var{user}'s home
+@env{PATH} to a compiled-in default value.  Change to @var{user}'s home
 directory.  Prepend @samp{-} to the shell's name, intended to make it
 read its login startup file(s).
 
@@ -2919,9 +3081,9 @@ read its login startup file(s).
 @cindex environment, preserving
 @flindex /etc/shells
 @cindex restricted shell
-Do not change the environment variables @code{HOME}, @code{USER},
-@code{LOGNAME}, or @code{SHELL}.  Run the shell given in the environment
-variable @code{SHELL} instead of the shell from @var{user}'s passwd
+Do not change the environment variables @env{HOME}, @env{USER},
+@env{LOGNAME}, or @env{SHELL}.  Run the shell given in the environment
+variable @env{SHELL} instead of the shell from @var{user}'s passwd
 entry, unless the user running @code{su} is not the superuser and
 @var{user}'s shell is restricted.  A @dfn{restricted shell} is one that
 is not listed in the file @file{/etc/shells}, or in a compiled-in list
@@ -2989,7 +3151,7 @@ the values of the command line arguments.
 Synopsis:
 
 @example
-sleep [@var{number}[smhd]]@dots{}
+sleep @var{number}[smhd]@dots{}
 @end example
 
 @cindex time units
@@ -3007,6 +3169,10 @@ hours
 days
 @end table
 
+Historical implementations of @code{sleep} have required that
+@var{number} be an integer.  However, GNU @code{sleep} accepts
+arbitrary floating point numbers.
+
 The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
 options}.
 
@@ -3042,6 +3208,24 @@ numbers from standard input, delimited by newlines, tabs, or spaces.
 The only options are @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}.  @xref{Common
 options}.
 
+The algorithm it uses is not very sophisticated, so for some inputs
+@code{factor} runs for a long time.  The hardest numbers to factor are
+the products of large primes.  Factoring the product of the two largest 32-bit
+prime numbers takes over 10 minutes of CPU time on a 400MHz Pentium II.
+
+@example
+$ p=`echo '4294967279 * 4294967291'|bc`
+$ factor $p
+18446743979220271189: 4294967279 4294967291
+@end example
+
+In contrast, @code{factor} factors the largest 64-bit number in just
+over a tenth of a second:
+
+@example
+$ factor `echo '2^64-1'|bc`
+18446744073709551615: 3 5 17 257 641 65537 6700417
+@end example
 
 @node seq invocation
 @section @code{seq}: Print numeric sequences
@@ -3053,13 +3237,13 @@ options}.
 @code{seq} prints a sequence of numbers to standard output.  Synopses:
 
 @example
-seq [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{first} [@var{step}]] @var{last}@dots{}
+seq [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{first} [@var{increment}]] @var{last}@dots{}
 @end example
 
 @code{seq} prints the numbers from @var{first} to @var{last} by
-@var{step}.  By default, @var{first} and @var{step} are both 1, and each
-number is printed on its own line.  All numbers can be reals, not just
-integers.
+@var{increment}.  By default, @var{first} and @var{increment} are both 1,
+and each number is printed on its own line.  All numbers can be reals,
+not just integers.
 
 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 
@@ -3070,8 +3254,8 @@ The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 @opindex --format=@var{format}
 @cindex formatting of numbers in @code{seq}
 Print all numbers using @var{format}; default @samp{%g}.
-@var{format} must contain exactly one of the standarding float output
-formats @samp{%e}, @samp{%f}, or @samp{%g}.
+@var{format} must contain exactly one of the floating point
+output formats @samp{%e}, @samp{%f}, or @samp{%g}.
 
 @item -s @var{string}
 @itemx --separator=@var{string}
@@ -3086,6 +3270,95 @@ Print all numbers with the same width, by padding with leading zeroes.
 
 @end table
 
+If you want to use @code{seq} to print sequences of large integer values,
+don't use the default @samp{%g} format since it can result in
+loss of precision:
+
+@example
+$ seq 1000000 1000001
+1e+06
+1e+06
+@end example
+
+Instead, you can use the format, @samp{%1.f},
+to print large decimal numbers with no exponent and no decimal point.
+
+@example
+$ seq --format=%1.f 1000000 1000001
+1000000
+1000001
+@end example
+
+If you want hexadecimal output, you can use @code{printf}
+to perform the conversion:
+
+@example
+$ printf %x'\n' `seq -f %1.f 1048575 1024 1050623`
+fffff
+1003ff
+1007ff
+@end example
+
+For very long lists of numbers, use xargs to avoid
+system limitations on the length of an argument list:
+
+@example
+$ seq -f %1.f 1000000 | xargs printf %x'\n' |tail -3
+f423e
+f423f
+f4240
+@end example
+
+To generate octal output, use the printf @code{%o} format instead
+of @code{%x}.  Note however that using printf works only for numbers
+smaller than @code{2^32}:
+
+@example
+$ printf "%x\n" `seq -f %1.f 4294967295 4294967296`
+ffffffff
+bash: printf: 4294967296: Numerical result out of range
+@end example
+
+On most systems, seq can produce whole-number output for values up to
+@code{2^53}, so here's a more general approach to base conversion that
+also happens to be more robust for such large numbers.  It works by
+using @code{bc} and setting its output radix variable, @var{obase},
+to @samp{16} in this case to produce hexadecimal output.
+
+@example
+$ (echo obase=16; seq -f %1.f 4294967295 4294967296)|bc
+FFFFFFFF
+100000000
+@end example
+
+Be careful when using @code{seq} with a fractional @var{increment},
+otherwise you may see surprising results.  Most people would expect to
+see @code{0.3} printed as the last number in this example:
+
+@example
+$ seq -s' ' 0 .1 .3
+0 0.1 0.2
+@end example
+
+But that doesn't happen on most systems because @code{seq} is
+implemented using binary floating point arithmetic (via the C
+@code{double} type) -- which means some decimal numbers like @code{.1}
+cannot be represented exactly.  That in turn means some nonintuitive
+conditions like @code{.1 * 3 > .3} will end up being true.
+
+To work around that in the above example, use a slightly larger number as
+the @var{last} value:
+
+@example
+$ seq -s' ' 0 .1 .31
+0 0.1 0.2 0.3
+@end example
+
+In general, when using an @var{increment} with a fractional part, where
+(@var{last} - @var{first}) / @var{increment} is (mathematically) a whole
+number, specify a slightly larger (or smaller, if @var{increment} is negative)
+value for @var{last} to ensure that @var{last} is the final value printed
+by seq.
 
 @node Index
 @unnumbered Index

lib/.cppi-disable

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+error.h
+fnmatch.h
+getopt.h
+getopt.c
+getopt1.c
+md5.h
+obstack.h
+regex.h
+regex.c
+getpagesize.h

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -1,9 +1,13 @@
+.deps
 Makefile
+charset.alias
 getdate.c
-posixtm.c
-safe-stat.h
-safe-stat.c
+getdate.tab.c
+lstat.c
+ref-add.sed
+ref-del.sed
 safe-lstat.c
 safe-lstat.h
-getdate.tab.c
-.deps
+safe-stat.c
+safe-stat.h
+stat.c

lib/.gdb-history

@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+r 206.65.212.10
+b main
+r
+n
+s
+n
+p addr
+p addr
+p he->h_name
+n
+q
+b canon_host 
+r 206.65.212.10
+n
+p he
+p *he
+n
+n
+p (he->h_addrtype)
+n
+q
+r a:b
+b main
+r a:b
+n
+s
+n
+p separator
+n
+l 128
+c
+q
+r meyering:store
+p *username
+p *username[separator - name]
+p separator - name
+p username[separator - name]
+r ''
+l
+q
+r ''
+l
+q
+r meyering
+b main
+r meyering
+n
+r
+n
+s
+n
+p u
+n
+n
+q
+r ''
+r meyering
+up
+l
+q
+b main
+b a.out 1
+r a.out 1
+n
+s
+fin
+s
+n
+p uid
+p gid
+p euid
+p egid
+n
+p mode
+p path
+fin
+r -v -c 10 -n 20 -x 80 < in-2
+up
+up
+p &dummy
+p *ovp
+p *(int*)*ovp
+p ((struct item*)*ovp)->key
+p old_vec@10
+r -v -c 10 -n 20 -x 80 < in-3
+p *(int*)*ovp
+up
+dow
+p *(int*)*ovp
+up
+p *(int*)*ovp
+i loca
+dow
+p key
+p dummy
+p &dummy
+up
+p old_vec
+p *ovp
+p ovp
+p ovp - old_vec
+p *old_vec@10
+p *old_vec@13
+b hash_insert_item
+r
+b hash_insert_item_at 
+r
+n
+p fail
+p *(ht->vec)@13
+p *(ht->ht_vec)@13
+p ((struct item*)(ht->ht_vec)[10])->key
+b hash_delete_item
+b hash_delete_item_at 
+c
+n
+p slot
+p item
+n
+n
+p *(ht->ht_vec)@13
+p &dummy
+p dummy
+n
+s
+n
+n
+p *(ht->ht_vec)@13
+n
+p new_size
+n
+p *old_vec@13
+p old_vec@13
+n
+p *old_vec@13
+n
+p *old_vec@13
+n
+l
+n
+p ovp - old_vec
+n
+p ovp - old_vec
+n
+p ovp - old_vec
+p *old_vec@13
+p &dummy
+q
+r 444444444444 44444444444
+b human_readable 
+r
+n
+q
+b main
+r 444444444444 44444444444
+n
+p a
+p b
+r 34343434 3434343434
+c
+r
+n
+n
+p a
+p b
+r 343434343 343434343
+c
+q
+b posixtime 
+r
+n
+s
+n
+p len
+n
+p pair
+p len
+n
+b year
+y
+c
+c
+p n
+up
+p len
+q
+complete b user
+complete b user
+complete b pars
+b parse_user_spec 
+r a.b
+n
+n
+p u
+n
+p u
+n
+r -r .aa > k
+pwd
+q
+b main
+r
+b get_date
+c
+n
+p tm
+n
+p tm
+n
+p pc
+n
+p tm
+n
+p tm
+n
+p delta
+n
+p Start
+q
+b dir_name
+r
+n
+p slash
+n
+n
+n
+p slash
+p slash - path + 1
+q

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -2,28 +2,105 @@
 
 AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = ../src/ansi2knr
 
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
-
-EXTRA_DIST = chown.c getgroups.c getline.c lstat.c malloc.c mktime.c \
-  realloc.c stat.c strftime.c
+noinst_LIBRARIES = libfetish.a
 
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
+DEFS = -DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" @DEFS@
 
-libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
-addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
-closeout.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
-full-write.c human.c idcache.c \
-isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c hash.c path-concat.c \
-safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
-xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
+libfetish_a_SOURCES = \
+  getdate.y posixtm.c addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c \
+  canon-host.c closeout.c diacrit.c dirname.c exclude.c filemode.c \
+  full-write.c getopt.c getopt1.c getstr.c getugroups.c hard-locale.c hash.c \
+  human.c idcache.c isdir.c linebuffer.c localcharset.c long-options.c \
+  makepath.c mbswidth.c md5.c memcasecmp.c memcoll.c modechange.c \
+  path-concat.c \
+  quote.c quotearg.c readtokens.c safe-read.c same.c save-cwd.c \
+  savedir.c sha.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
+  xgethostname.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtod.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c \
+  xstrtoumax.c yesno.c
 
-libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
-libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
+libfetish_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
+libfetish_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfetish_a_LIBADD)
 
-noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h closeout.h \
-error.h exclude.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
-getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h human.h long-options.h \
-makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h hash.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
-save-cwd.h savedir.h strverscmp.h xalloc.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+noinst_HEADERS = \
+  argmatch.h backupfile.h bumpalloc.h closeout.h diacrit.h dirname.h error.h \
+  exclude.h filemode.h fnmatch.h __fpending.h fsusage.h \
+  getdate.h getline.h getopt.h \
+  getstr.h getpagesize.h group-member.h hard-locale.h hash.h human.h lchown.h \
+  linebuffer.h long-options.h mbswidth.h md5.h memcasecmp.h memcoll.h \
+  makepath.h mbswidth.h modechange.h mountlist.h nanosleep.h obstack.h \
+  path-concat.h pathmax.h posixtm.h quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
+  readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h sha.h \
+  strverscmp.h unicodeio.h version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtod.h xstrtol.h
 
-BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
+BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c
+MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+DISTCLEANFILES = lstat.c stat.c
+
+EXTRA_DIST = xstat.in config.charset ref-add.sin ref-del.sin
+lstat.c: xstat.in
+	sed \
+	  -e '/@IGNORE@/d' \
+	  -e 's/@xstat@/lstat/g' \
+	  -e '/_LSTAT_ONLY@/d' \
+	  -e '/@BEGIN_STAT_ONLY@/,/@END_STAT_ONLY@/d' \
+	  $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+stat.c: xstat.in
+	sed \
+	  -e '/@IGNORE@/d' \
+	  -e 's/@xstat@/stat/g' \
+	  -e '/_STAT_ONLY@/d' \
+	  -e '/@BEGIN_LSTAT_ONLY@/,/@END_LSTAT_ONLY@/d' \
+	  $(srcdir)/xstat.in > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+
+# The following is needed in order to install a simple file in $(libdir)
+# which is shared with other installed packages. We use a list of referencing
+# packages so that "make uninstall" will remove the file if and only if it
+# is not used by another installed package.
+# On systems with glibc-2.1 or newer, the file is redundant, therefore we
+# avoid installing it.
+
+all-local: charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed lstat.c stat.c
+
+charset_alias = $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias
+charset_tmp = $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.tmp
+install-exec-local: all-local
+	$(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)
+	if test -f $(charset_alias); then \
+	  sed -f ref-add.sed $(charset_alias) > $(charset_tmp) ; \
+	  $(INSTALL_DATA) $(charset_tmp) $(charset_alias) ; \
+	  rm -f $(charset_tmp) ; \
+	else \
+	  if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
+	    sed -f ref-add.sed charset.alias > $(charset_tmp) ; \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(charset_tmp) $(charset_alias) ; \
+	    rm -f $(charset_tmp) ; \
+	  fi ; \
+	fi
+
+uninstall-local: all-local
+	if test -f $(charset_alias); then \
+	  sed -f ref-del.sed $(charset_alias) > $(charset_tmp); \
+	  if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $(charset_tmp) \
+	      > /dev/null; then \
+	    rm -f $(charset_alias); \
+	  else \
+	    $(INSTALL_DATA) $(charset_tmp) $(charset_alias); \
+	  fi; \
+	  rm -f $(charset_tmp); \
+	fi
+
+charset.alias: config.charset
+	$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
+	mv t-$@ $@
+
+SUFFIXES = .sed .sin
+.sin.sed:
+	sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > $@-t
+	mv $@-t $@
+
+CLEANFILES = charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed

lib/README

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+The files in this directory are shared between the fileutils, sh-utils,
+and textutils packages.  Not all files are used by each package.
+The autoconf tests required for these files are in ../m4.
+
+The library name, fetish, is a permutation of the first two
+letters of each of the package names: FIleutils, TExtutils, SH-utils.

lib/TODO

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+Things to do to hash.c:
+
+Always use curly braces around statements in if/else/while/do/etc.
+that span more than a line -- even around multiline simple statements
+or single-line simple statements preceded by a comment line.
+
+Never have lines longer than 80 chars.
+
+Remove ^L characters.  We don't want/need such crutches.
+Get a good (smart) pagination filter.  I have one (a perl script)
+that usually does a decent job for me -- I called it something
+like stdc-print and think I sent you an early verison.
+
+I don't like the name `cursor'.  I much prefer short names
+like `p' for index variables.  I doubt I'll change all of them,
+but thought you should know why some will probably end up changing.
+
+#define USE_OBSTACK somewhere
+
+Fix this comment.  Depending on system and application...
+Mention fragmentation.
+  +#if USE_OBSTACK
+  +    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
+  +       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
+  +       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
+  +    struct obstack entry_stack;
+  +#endif
+
+
+assert (bucket_limit - bucket == n_buckets) ?
+
+remove.c: s/done/successful or ok

lib/__fpending.c

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/* __fpending.c -- return the number of pending output bytes on a stream
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "__fpending.h"
+
+size_t
+__fpending (FILE *fp)
+{
+  return PENDING_OUTPUT_N_BYTES;
+}

lib/__fpending.h

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_STDIO_EXT_H
+# include <stdio_ext.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL___FPENDING
+size_t __fpending (FILE *);
+#endif

lib/addext.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* addext.c -- add an extension to a file name
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -23,10 +23,10 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES
-#define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
+# define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
 #endif
 #ifndef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
-#define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
+# define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
 #endif
 
 #include <backupfile.h>
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 #ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
-#define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
+# define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -49,14 +49,13 @@
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+
 /* Append to FILENAME the extension EXT, unless the result would be too long,
    in which case just append the character E.  */
 
 void
-addext (filename, ext, e)
-     char *filename;
-     char const *ext;
-     int e;
+addext (char *filename, char const *ext, int e)
 {
   char *s = base_name (filename);
   size_t slen = strlen (s), extlen = strlen (ext);

lib/alloca.c

@@ -22,11 +22,18 @@
    your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef emacs
-#include "blockinput.h"
+# include "blockinput.h"
 #endif
 
 /* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
@@ -34,39 +41,41 @@
 
 /* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
    there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
-#ifndef alloca
+# ifndef alloca
 
-#ifdef emacs
-#ifdef static
+#  ifdef emacs
+#   ifdef static
 /* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
    -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
    in order to make unexec workable
    */
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
 you
 lose
 -- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
-#endif /* static */
-#endif /* emacs */
+#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
+#   endif /* static */
+#  endif /* emacs */
 
 /* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
    provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
 
-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
 long i00afunc ();
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
-#else
-#define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
-#endif
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
+#  else
+#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
+#  endif
 
-#if __STDC__
+#  if __STDC__
 typedef void *pointer;
-#else
+#  else
 typedef char *pointer;
-#endif
+#  endif
 
-#define	NULL	0
+#  ifndef NULL
+#   define NULL 0
+#  endif
 
 /* Different portions of Emacs need to call different versions of
    malloc.  The Emacs executable needs alloca to call xmalloc, because
@@ -78,9 +87,9 @@ typedef char *pointer;
 
    Callers below should use malloc.  */
 
-#ifndef emacs
-#define malloc xmalloc
-#endif
+#  ifndef emacs
+#   define malloc xmalloc
+#  endif
 extern pointer malloc ();
 
 /* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
@@ -91,18 +100,18 @@ extern pointer malloc ();
    STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
    STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
 
-#ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-#define	STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
-#endif
+#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
+#   define STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
+#  endif
 
-#if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
 
-#define	STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
+#   define STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
 
-#else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
+#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
 
 static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
-#define	STACK_DIR	stack_dir
+#   define STACK_DIR	stack_dir
 
 static void
 find_stack_direction ()
@@ -126,7 +135,7 @@ find_stack_direction ()
     }
 }
 
-#endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
+#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
 
 /* An "alloca header" is used to:
    (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
@@ -135,9 +144,9 @@ find_stack_direction ()
    It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
    alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
 
-#ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
-#define	ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
-#endif
+#  ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
+#   define ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
+#  endif
 
 typedef union hdr
 {
@@ -159,26 +168,25 @@ static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
    implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
 
 pointer
-alloca (size)
-     unsigned size;
+alloca (unsigned size)
 {
   auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
   register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
 
-#if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
+#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
   if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
     find_stack_direction ();
-#endif
+#  endif
 
   /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
-     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently. */
+     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
 
   {
     register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
 
-#ifdef emacs
+#  ifdef emacs
     BLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
+#  endif
 
     for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
       if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
@@ -195,9 +203,9 @@ alloca (size)
 
     last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
 
-#ifdef emacs
+#  ifdef emacs
     UNBLOCK_INPUT;
-#endif
+#  endif
   }
 
   if (size == 0)
@@ -209,6 +217,9 @@ alloca (size)
     register pointer new = malloc (sizeof (header) + size);
     /* Address of header.  */
 
+    if (new == 0)
+      abort();
+
     ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
     ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
 
@@ -220,15 +231,15 @@ alloca (size)
   }
 }
 
-#if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
+#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
 
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-#include <stdio.h>
-#endif
+#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    include <stdio.h>
+#   endif
 
-#ifndef CRAY_STACK
-#define CRAY_STACK
-#ifndef CRAY2
+#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
+#    define CRAY_STACK
+#    ifndef CRAY2
 /* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
 struct stack_control_header
   {
@@ -280,7 +291,7 @@ struct stack_segment_linkage
     long sss7;
   };
 
-#else /* CRAY2 */
+#    else /* CRAY2 */
 /* The following structure defines the vector of words
    returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
 struct stk_stat
@@ -333,12 +344,12 @@ struct stk_trailer
     long unknown14;
   };
 
-#endif /* CRAY2 */
-#endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
+#    endif /* CRAY2 */
+#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
 
-#ifdef CRAY2
+#   ifdef CRAY2
 /* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
-   I doubt that "lint" will like this much. */
+   I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */
 
 static long
 i00afunc (long *address)
@@ -407,7 +418,7 @@ i00afunc (long *address)
   return (result);
 }
 
-#else /* not CRAY2 */
+#   else /* not CRAY2 */
 /* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
    Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
    given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
@@ -452,9 +463,9 @@ i00afunc (long address)
 
   while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
     {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
       fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
-#endif
+#    endif
       if (pseg == 0)
 	break;
       stkl = stkl - pseg;
@@ -473,9 +484,9 @@ i00afunc (long address)
 
   while (pseg != 0)
     {
-#ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
+#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
       fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
-#endif
+#    endif
       stkl = stkl - pseg;
       ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
       size = ssptr->sssize;
@@ -485,8 +496,8 @@ i00afunc (long address)
   return (result);
 }
 
-#endif /* not CRAY2 */
-#endif /* CRAY */
+#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
+#  endif /* CRAY */
 
-#endif /* no alloca */
+# endif /* no alloca */
 #endif /* not GCC version 2 */

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,36 +12,86 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
-   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
 
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <argmatch.h>
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "argmatch.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
+#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
 # include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
-   null-terminated array OPTLIST, return the index in OPTLIST
-   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
-   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).  */
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
 
-int
-argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+
+/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
+   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
+   literal_quoting_style.  */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
+# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
+#endif
+
+/* The following test is to work around the gross typo in
+   systems like Sony NEWS-OS Release 4.0C, whereby EXIT_FAILURE
+   is defined to 0, not 1.  */
+#if !EXIT_FAILURE
+# undef EXIT_FAILURE
+# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+
+/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
+# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
+ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+__argmatch_die (void)
 {
-  int i;			/* Temporary index in OPTLIST.  */
+  ARGMATCH_DIE;
+}
+
+/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
+   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
+argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
+
+
+/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
+   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
+   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
+   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
+   If SENSITIVE, comparison is case sensitive.
+
+   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
+   synonyms, i.e., for
+     "yes", "yop" -> 0
+     "no", "nope" -> 1
+   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
+
+static int
+__argmatch_internal (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		     const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		     int case_sensitive)
+{
+  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
   size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
   int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
   int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
@@ -49,19 +99,30 @@ argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
   arglen = strlen (arg);
 
   /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
-  for (i = 0; optlist[i]; i++)
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
     {
-      if (!strncmp (optlist[i], arg, arglen))
+      if (case_sensitive
+	  ? !strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen)
+	  : !strncasecmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
 	{
-	  if (strlen (optlist[i]) == arglen)
+	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
 	    /* Exact match found.  */
 	    return i;
 	  else if (matchind == -1)
 	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
 	    matchind = i;
 	  else
-	    /* Second nonexact match found.  */
-	    ambiguous = 1;
+	    {
+	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
+	      if (vallist == NULL
+		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
+			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+		{
+		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
+		     disambiguate. */
+		  ambiguous = 1;
+		}
+	    }
 	}
     }
   if (ambiguous)
@@ -70,16 +131,176 @@ argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *optlist)
     return matchind;
 }
 
+/* argmatch - case sensitive version */
+int
+argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 1);
+}
+
+/* argcasematch - case insensitive version */
+int
+argcasematch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  return __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize, 0);
+}
+
 /* Error reporting for argmatch.
-   KIND is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
+   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
    VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
    PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
 
 void
-invalid_arg (const char *kind, const char *value, int problem)
+argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
 {
-  const char *fmt = (problem == -1
-		     ? "%s: invalid %s `%s'\n"
-		     : "%s: ambiguous %s `%s'\n");
-  fprintf (stderr, fmt, program_name, kind, value);
+  char const *format = (problem == -1
+			? _("invalid argument %s for `%s'")
+			: _("ambiguous argument %s for `%s'"));
+
+  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_style (ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value), context);
 }
+
+/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
+   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
+   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
+   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
+void
+argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
+		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+  const char *last_val = NULL;
+
+  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
+     synonyms follow each other */
+  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if ((i == 0)
+	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
+	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
+      }
+    else
+      {
+	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
+      }
+  putc ('\n', stderr);
+}
+
+/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
+
+   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
+   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
+   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int
+__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
+		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+		      int case_sensitive,
+		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
+{
+  int res = __argmatch_internal (arg, arglist,
+				 vallist, valsize,
+				 case_sensitive);
+  if (res >= 0)
+    /* Success. */
+    return res;
+
+  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
+  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
+  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
+  (*exit_fn) ();
+
+  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
+}
+
+/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
+   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
+const char *
+argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
+		      const char *const *arglist,
+		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
+    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
+      return arglist[i];
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#ifdef TEST
+/*
+ * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+ */
+char *program_name;
+extern const char *getenv ();
+
+/* When to make backup files.  */
+enum backup_type
+{
+  /* Never make backups.  */
+  none,
+
+  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
+  simple,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
+     and simple backups of the others.  */
+  numbered_existing,
+
+  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
+  numbered
+};
+
+/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
+   values */
+static const char *const backup_args[] =
+{
+  "no", "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
+};
+
+static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
+{
+  none, none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
+};
+
+int
+main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
+{
+  const char *cp;
+  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
+
+  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
+
+  if (argc > 2)
+    {
+      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
+      exit (1);
+    }
+
+  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  if (argc == 2)
+    backup_type = XARGCASEMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
+				 backup_args, backup_vals);
+
+  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
+	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif

lib/argmatch.h

@@ -1,12 +1,129 @@
-/* argmatch.h -- declarations for matching arguments against option lists */
+/* argmatch.h -- definitions and prototypes for argmatch.c
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-#if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
-# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) args
-#else
-# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) ()
-#endif
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
-int argmatch __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char * const *));
-void invalid_arg __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char *, int));
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-extern char *program_name;
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
+   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
+
+#ifndef ARGMATCH_H_
+# define ARGMATCH_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(args) args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  endif  /* GCC.  */
+# endif  /* Not PARAMS.  */
+
+/* Assert there are as many real arguments as there are values
+   (argument list ends with a NULL guard).  There is no execution
+   cost, since it will be statically evalauted to `assert (0)' or
+   `assert (1)'.  Unfortunately there is no -Wassert-0. */
+
+# undef ARRAY_CARDINALITY
+# define ARRAY_CARDINALITY(Array) (sizeof ((Array)) / sizeof (*(Array)))
+
+# define ARGMATCH_ASSERT(Arglist, Vallist)      \
+  assert (ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Arglist)) == ARRAY_CARDINALITY ((Vallist)) + 1)
+
+/* Return the index of the element of ARGLIST (NULL terminated) that
+   matches with ARG.  If VALLIST is not NULL, then use it to resolve
+   false ambiguities (i.e., different matches of ARG but corresponding
+   to the same values in VALLIST).  */
+
+int argmatch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+int argcasematch
+  PARAMS ((const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+# define ARGCASEMATCH(Arg, Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argcasematch ((Arg), (Arglist), (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+/* xargmatch calls this function when it fails.  This function should not
+   return.  By default, this is a function that calls ARGMATCH_DIE which
+   in turn defaults to `exit (EXIT_FAILURE)'.  */
+typedef void (*argmatch_exit_fn) PARAMS ((void));
+extern argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die;
+
+/* Report on stderr why argmatch failed.  Report correct values. */
+
+void argmatch_invalid
+  PARAMS ((const char *context, const char *value, int problem));
+
+/* Left for compatibility with the old name invalid_arg */
+
+# define invalid_arg(Context, Value, Problem) \
+  argmatch_invalid ((Context), (Value), (Problem))
+
+
+
+/* Report on stderr the list of possible arguments.  */
+
+void argmatch_valid
+  PARAMS ((const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_VALID(Arglist, Vallist) \
+  argmatch_valid (Arglist, (const char *) Vallist, sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+
+
+/* Same as argmatch, but upon failure, reports a explanation on the
+   failure, and exits using the function EXIT_FN. */
+
+int __xargmatch_internal
+  PARAMS ((const char *context,
+	   const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
+	   int case_sensitive, argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn));
+
+/* Programmer friendly interface to __xargmatch_internal. */
+
+# define XARGMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  1, argmatch_die)])
+
+# define XARGCASEMATCH(Context, Arg, Arglist, Vallist)		\
+  (Vallist [__xargmatch_internal ((Context), (Arg), (Arglist),	\
+                                  (const char *) (Vallist),	\
+				  sizeof (*(Vallist)),		\
+				  0, argmatch_die)])
+
+/* Convert a value into a corresponding argument. */
+
+const char *argmatch_to_argument
+  PARAMS ((char const *value, const char *const *arglist,
+	   const char *vallist, size_t valsize));
+
+# define ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT(Value, Arglist, Vallist)			\
+  argmatch_to_argument ((char const *) &(Value), (Arglist), 		\
+		        (const char *) (Vallist), sizeof (*(Vallist)))
+
+#endif /* ARGMATCH_H_ */

lib/atexit.c

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+/* Wrapper to implement ANSI C's atexit using SunOS's on_exit. */
+/* This function is in the public domain.  --Mike Stump. */
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+int
+atexit(f)
+     void (*f)();
+{
+  /* If the system doesn't provide a definition for atexit, use on_exit
+     if the system provides that.  */
+  on_exit (f, 0);
+  return 0;
+}

lib/backupfile.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990,1991,1992,1993,1995,1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -58,12 +58,26 @@
 # define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
 #endif
 
-#if STDC_HEADERS
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
 # include <stdlib.h>
-#else
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
 
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *));
+
 #if HAVE_DIRENT_H || HAVE_NDIR_H || HAVE_SYS_DIR_H || HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
 # define HAVE_DIR 1
 #else
@@ -74,7 +88,7 @@ char *malloc ();
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 #ifndef CHAR_BIT
-#define CHAR_BIT 8
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
 #endif
 /* Upper bound on the string length of an integer converted to string.
    302 / 1000 is ceil (log10 (2.0)).  Subtract 1 for the sign bit;
@@ -97,15 +111,12 @@ char *malloc ();
 # define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
 #endif
 
-/* Which type of backup file names are generated. */
-enum backup_type backup_type = none;
-
 /* The extension added to file names to produce a simple (as opposed
    to numbered) backup file name. */
-const char *simple_backup_suffix = ".orig";
+const char *simple_backup_suffix = "~";
 
-static int max_backup_version __BACKUPFILE_P ((const char *, const char *));
-static int version_number __BACKUPFILE_P ((const char *, const char *, size_t));
+static int max_backup_version PARAMS ((const char *, const char *));
+static int version_number PARAMS ((const char *, const char *, size_t));
 
 /* Return the name of the new backup file for file FILE,
    allocated with malloc.  Return 0 if out of memory.
@@ -113,8 +124,7 @@ static int version_number __BACKUPFILE_P ((const char *, const char *, size_t));
    Do not call this function if backup_type == none. */
 
 char *
-find_backup_file_name (file)
-     const char *file;
+find_backup_file_name (const char *file, enum backup_type backup_type)
 {
   size_t backup_suffix_size_max;
   size_t file_len = strlen (file);
@@ -163,9 +173,7 @@ find_backup_file_name (file)
    */
 
 static int
-max_backup_version (file, dir)
-     const char *file;
-     const char *dir;
+max_backup_version (const char *file, const char *dir)
 {
   DIR *dirp;
   struct dirent *dp;
@@ -199,10 +207,7 @@ max_backup_version (file, dir)
    */
 
 static int
-version_number (base, backup, base_length)
-     const char *base;
-     const char *backup;
-     size_t base_length;
+version_number (const char *base, const char *backup, size_t base_length)
 {
   int version;
   const char *p;
@@ -223,30 +228,49 @@ version_number (base, backup, base_length)
 
 static const char * const backup_args[] =
 {
-  "never", "simple", "nil", "existing", "t", "numbered", 0
+  /* In a series of synonyms, present the most meaning full first, so
+     that argmatch_valid be more readable. */
+  "none", "off",
+  "simple", "never",
+  "existing", "nil",
+  "numbered", "t",
+  0
 };
 
 static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
 {
-  simple, simple, numbered_existing, numbered_existing, numbered, numbered
+  none, none,
+  simple, simple,
+  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
+  numbered, numbered
 };
 
-/* Return the type of backup indicated by VERSION.
-   Unique abbreviations are accepted. */
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL or the empty string, return numbered_existing.
+   If VERSION is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic appropriate
+   for the specified CONTEXT.  Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */
 
 enum backup_type
-get_version (version)
-     const char *version;
+get_version (const char *context, const char *version)
 {
-  int i;
-
   if (version == 0 || *version == 0)
     return numbered_existing;
-  i = argmatch (version, backup_args);
-  if (i < 0)
-    {
-      invalid_arg ("version control type", version, i);
-      exit (2);
-    }
-  return backup_types[i];
+  else
+    return XARGMATCH (context, version, backup_args, backup_types);
+}
+
+
+/* Return the type of backup specified by VERSION.
+   If VERSION is NULL, use the value of the envvar VERSION_CONTROL.
+   If the specified string is invalid or ambiguous, fail with a diagnostic
+   appropriate for the specified CONTEXT.
+   Unambiguous abbreviations are accepted.  */
+
+enum backup_type
+xget_version (const char *context, const char *version)
+{
+  if (version && *version)
+    return get_version (context, version);
+  else
+    return get_version ("$VERSION_CONTROL", getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL"));
 }

lib/backupfile.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1992, 1997-1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,6 +16,9 @@
    If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
+#ifndef BACKUPFILE_H_
+# define BACKUPFILE_H_
+
 /* When to make backup files. */
 enum backup_type
 {
@@ -33,18 +36,25 @@ enum backup_type
   numbered
 };
 
-extern enum backup_type backup_type;
+# define VALID_BACKUP_TYPE(Type)	\
+  ((Type) == none			\
+   || (Type) == simple			\
+   || (Type) == numbered_existing	\
+   || (Type) == numbered)
+
 extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;
 
-#ifndef __BACKUPFILE_P
-# if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
-#  define __BACKUPFILE_P(args) args
-# else
-#  define __BACKUPFILE_P(args) ()
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif
 
-char *base_name __BACKUPFILE_P ((char const *));
-char *find_backup_file_name __BACKUPFILE_P ((char const *));
-enum backup_type get_version __BACKUPFILE_P ((char const *));
-void addext __BACKUPFILE_P ((char *, char const *, int));
+char *find_backup_file_name PARAMS ((char const *, enum backup_type));
+enum backup_type get_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
+enum backup_type xget_version PARAMS ((char const *context, char const *arg));
+void addext PARAMS ((char *, char const *, int));
+
+#endif /* ! BACKUPFILE_H_ */

lib/basename.c

@@ -1,30 +1,70 @@
-/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path */
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <assert.h>
+
 #ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
-# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(f) 0
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifndef ISSLASH
-# define ISSLASH(c) ((c) == '/')
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
 #endif
 
+char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *name));
+
 /* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
    since it has different meanings in different environments.
-   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.  */
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.
+   If NAME is all slashes, be sure to return `/'.  */
 
 char *
-base_name (name)
-     char const *name;
+base_name (char const *name)
 {
   char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+  int all_slashes = 1;
+  char const *p;
 
-  for (; *name; name++)
-    if (ISSLASH (*name))
-      base = name + 1;
+  for (p = name; *p; p++)
+    {
+      if (ISSLASH (*p))
+	base = p + 1;
+      else
+	all_slashes = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If NAME is all slashes, arrange to return `/'.  */
+  if (*base == '\0' && ISSLASH (*name) && all_slashes)
+    --base;
+
+  /* Make sure the last byte is not a slash.  */
+  assert (all_slashes || !ISSLASH (*(p - 1)));
 
   return (char *) base;
 }

lib/bumpalloc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/* BUMP_ALLOC macro - increase table allocation by one element.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1993, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1990.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| Bump the allocation of the array pointed to by TABLE whenever required.  |
+| The table already has already COUNT elements in it, this macro ensure it |
+| has enough space to accommodate at least one more element.  Space is	   |
+| allocated (2 ^ EXPONENT) elements at a time.  Each element of the array  |
+| is of type TYPE.							   |
+`-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Routines `xmalloc' and `xrealloc' are called to do the actual memory
+   management.  This implies that the program will abort with a "memory
+   exhausted" error if any problem arise.
+
+   To work correctly, at least EXPONENT and TYPE should always be the
+   same for all uses of this macro for any given TABLE.  A secure way to
+   achieve this is to never use this macro directly, but use it to define
+   other macros, which would then be TABLE-specific.
+
+   The first time through, COUNT is usually zero.  Note that COUNT is not
+   updated by this macro, but it should be update elsewhere, later.  This
+   is convenient, because it allows TABLE[COUNT] to refer to the new
+   element at the end.  Once its construction is completed, COUNT++ will
+   record it in the table.  Calling this macro several times in a row
+   without updating COUNT is a bad thing to do.  */
+
+#define BUMP_ALLOC(Table, Count, Exponent, Type) \
+  BUMP_ALLOC_WITH_SIZE ((Table), (Count), (Exponent), Type, sizeof (Type))
+
+/* In cases `sizeof TYPE' would not always yield the correct value for
+   the size of each element entry, this macro accepts a supplementary
+   SIZE argument.  The EXPONENT, TYPE and SIZE parameters should still
+   have the same value for all macro calls related to a specific TABLE.  */
+
+#define BUMP_ALLOC_WITH_SIZE(Table, Count, Exponent, Type, Size)	\
+  do									\
+    {									\
+      if (((Count) & (~(~0 << (Exponent)))) == 0)			\
+	{								\
+	  if ((Count) == 0)						\
+	    (Table) = (Type *) xmalloc ((1 << (Exponent)) * (Size));	\
+	  else								\
+	    (Table) = (Type *)						\
+	      xrealloc ((Table), ((Count) + (1 << (Exponent))) * (Size)); \
+	}								\
+    }									\
+  while (0)

lib/canon-host.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* Host name canonicalization
 
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    Written by Miles Bader <miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
 
@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@
 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
 #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #endif
@@ -43,11 +46,14 @@
 # include <arpa/inet.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifndef strdup
+char *strdup ();
+#endif
+
 /* Returns the canonical hostname associated with HOST (allocated in a static
    buffer), or 0 if it can't be determined.  */
 char *
-canon_host (host)
-     char *host;
+canon_host (const char *host)
 {
 #ifdef HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME
   struct hostent *he = gethostbyname (host);
@@ -68,9 +74,24 @@ canon_host (host)
 	}
 
       if (addr && strcmp (he->h_name, addr) == 0)
-	/* gethostbyname() cheated!  Lookup the host name via the address
-	   this time to get the actual host name.  */
-	he = gethostbyaddr (he->h_addr, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+	{
+	  /* gethostbyname has returned a string representation of the IP
+	     address, for example, "127.0.0.1".  So now, look up the host
+	     name via the address.  Although it may seem reasonable to look
+	     up the host name via the address, we must not pass `he->h_addr'
+	     directly to gethostbyaddr because on some systems he->h_addr
+	     is located in a static library buffer that is reused in the
+	     gethostbyaddr call.  Make a copy and use that instead.  */
+	  char *h_addr_copy = (char *) malloc (he->h_length);
+	  if (h_addr_copy == NULL)
+	    he = NULL;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      memcpy (h_addr_copy, he->h_addr, he->h_length);
+	      he = gethostbyaddr (h_addr_copy, he->h_length, he->h_addrtype);
+	      free (h_addr_copy);
+	    }
+	}
 # endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYADDR */
 
       if (he)
@@ -79,3 +100,17 @@ canon_host (host)
 #endif /* HAVE_GETHOSTBYNAME */
   return 0;
 }
+
+#ifdef TEST_CANON_HOST
+int
+main (int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  int i;
+  for (i = 1; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+      char *s = canon_host (argv[i]);
+      printf ("%s: %s\n", argv[i], (s ? s : "<undef>"));
+    }
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif /* TEST_CANON_HOST */

lib/chown.c

@@ -27,17 +27,14 @@
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
 /* FIXME: describe.  */
 
 int
-rpl_chown (file, uid, gid)
-     const char *file;
-     uid_t uid;
-     gid_t gid;
+rpl_chown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
 {
   if (gid == (gid_t) -1 || uid == (uid_t) -1)
     {

lib/closeout.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* closeout.c - close standard output
-   Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,35 +26,92 @@
 # define _(Text) Text
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 #ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
 # define EXIT_FAILURE 1
 #endif
 
+#include <stdio.h>
+
 #include <errno.h>
 #ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-#include <stdio.h>
 #include "closeout.h"
 #include "error.h"
+#include "quotearg.h"
+#include "__fpending.h"
+
+static int default_exit_status = EXIT_FAILURE;
+static const char *file_name;
+
+/* Set the value to be used for the exit status when close_stdout is called.
+   This is useful when it is not convenient to call close_stdout_status,
+   e.g., when close_stdout is called via atexit.  */
+void
+close_stdout_set_status (int status)
+{
+  default_exit_status = status;
+}
+
+/* Set the file name to be reported in the event an error is detected
+   by close_stdout_status.  */
+void
+close_stdout_set_file_name (const char *file)
+{
+  file_name = file;
+}
+
+/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.
+   If a program writes *anything* to stdout, that program should `fflush'
+   stdout and make sure that it succeeds before exiting.  Otherwise,
+   suppose that you go to the extreme of checking the return status
+   of every function that does an explicit write to stdout.  The last
+   printf can succeed in writing to the internal stream buffer, and yet
+   the fclose(stdout) could still fail (due e.g., to a disk full error)
+   when it tries to write out that buffered data.  Thus, you would be
+   left with an incomplete output file and the offending program would
+   exit successfully.
+
+   FIXME: note the fflush suggested above is implicit in the fclose
+   we actually do below.  Consider doing only the fflush and/or using
+   setvbuf to inhibit buffering.
+
+   Besides, it's wasteful to check the return value from every call
+   that writes to stdout -- just let the internal stream state record
+   the failure.  That's what the ferror test is checking below.
+
+   It's important to detect such failures and exit nonzero because many
+   tools (most notably `make' and other build-management systems) depend
+   on being able to detect failure in other tools via their exit status.  */
 
-/* Close standard output, exiting with status STATUS on failure.  */
 void
 close_stdout_status (int status)
 {
-  if (ferror (stdout))
-    error (status, 0, _("write error"));
+  int e = ferror (stdout) ? 0 : -1;
+
+  if (__fpending (stdout) == 0)
+    return;
+
   if (fclose (stdout) != 0)
-    error (status, errno, _("write error"));
+    e = errno;
+
+  if (0 <= e)
+    {
+      char const *write_error = _("write error");
+      if (file_name)
+	error (status, e, "%s: %s", quotearg_colon (file_name), write_error);
+      else
+	error (status, e, "%s", write_error);
+    }
 }
 
 /* Close standard output, exiting with status EXIT_FAILURE on failure.  */
 void
 close_stdout (void)
 {
-  close_stdout_status (EXIT_FAILURE);
+  close_stdout_status (default_exit_status);
 }

lib/closeout.h

@@ -6,5 +6,7 @@
 # endif
 #endif
 
+void close_stdout_set_status PARAMS ((int status));
+void close_stdout_set_file_name PARAMS ((const char *file));
 void close_stdout PARAMS ((void));
 void close_stdout_status PARAMS ((int status));

lib/config.charset

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+#! /bin/sh
+# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#
+#   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+#   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+#   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+#   any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+#   Library General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+#   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+#   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+#   USA.
+#
+# The table consists of lines of the form
+#    ALIAS  CANONICAL
+#
+# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
+# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
+#
+# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
+# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
+# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
+# MIME charset name is preferred.
+# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
+#
+#       name                         used by which systems         a MIME name?
+#   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
+#   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   ISO-8859-4                solaris                                   yes
+#   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
+#   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-7                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
+#   ISO-8859-13               glibc
+#   ISO-8859-15               aix solaris freebsd
+#   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
+#   KOI8-U                    glibc                                     yes
+#   CP850                     aix osf
+#   CP856                     aix
+#   CP866                     freebsd
+#   CP922                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix
+#   CP943                     aix
+#   CP1046                    aix
+#   CP1124                    aix
+#   CP1129                    aix
+#   CP1251                    glibc
+#   CP1252                    aix
+#   EUC-CN                    aix hpux irix solaris
+#   EUC-JP                    aix hpux irix solaris                     yes
+#   EUC-KR                    aix hpux irix solaris                     yes
+#   EUC-TW                    aix hpux irix solaris
+#   BIG5                      aix hpux solaris                          yes
+#   GBK                       aix
+#   SJIS                      hpux solaris
+#   TIS-620                   aix hpux solaris
+#   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
+#   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
+#   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
+#   HP-HEBREW8                hpux
+#   HP-TURKISH8               hpux
+#   HP-KANA8                  hpux
+#   UTF-8                     glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#
+# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
+# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
+#
+# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
+# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
+#
+# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+# or
+#    CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
+
+host="$1"
+os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
+echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
+echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
+echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
+# List of references, updated during installation:
+echo "# Packages using this file: "
+case "$os" in
+    linux* | *-gnu*)
+	# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
+	# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
+	# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
+	# need to install the alias file at all.
+	# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
+	echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
+	;;
+    aix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "IBM-850 CP850"
+	echo "IBM-856 CP856"
+	echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
+	echo "IBM-922 CP922"
+	echo "IBM-932 CP932"
+	echo "IBM-943 CP943"
+	echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
+	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
+	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
+	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN EUC-CN"
+	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "GBK GBK"
+	echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    hpux*)
+	echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
+	echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
+	echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
+	echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
+	echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
+	echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
+	echo "tis620 TIS-620"
+	echo "big5 BIG5"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	echo "hp15CN EUC-CN"
+	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
+	echo "SJIS SJIS"
+	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    irix*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "eucCN EUC-CN"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
+	;;
+    osf*)
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "cp850 CP850"
+	;;
+    solaris*)
+	echo "646 ASCII"
+	echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
+	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
+	echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
+	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
+	echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
+	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
+	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
+	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
+	echo "gb2312 EUC-CN"
+	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
+	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
+	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
+	echo "PCK SJIS"
+	echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
+	#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
+	echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
+	;;
+    freebsd*)
+	# FreeBSD 3.3 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
+	# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
+	# from the environment variables.
+	echo "C ASCII"
+	echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
+	for l in lt_LN; do
+	  echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
+	done
+	for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
+                 fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT lt_LN \
+                 nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
+	  echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
+	done
+	for l in hr_HR hu_HU lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
+	  echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
+	done
+	for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
+	  echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
+	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
+	done
+	;;
+esac

lib/diacrit.c

@@ -0,0 +1,148 @@
+/* Diacritics processing for a few character codes.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1988.
+
+   All this file is a temporary hack, waiting for locales in GNU.
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "diacrit.h"
+
+/* ISO 8859-1 Latin-1 code is used as the underlying character set.  If
+   MSDOS is defined, IBM-PC's character set code is used instead.  */
+
+/*--------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| For each alphabetic character, returns what it would be without its |
+| possible diacritic symbol.					      |
+`--------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+const char diacrit_base[256] =
+{
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      'A',    'B',    'C',    'D',    'E',    'F',    'G',
+  'H',    'I',    'J',    'K',    'L',    'M',    'N',    'O',
+  'P',    'Q',    'R',    'S',    'T',    'U',    'V',    'W',
+  'X',    'Y',    'Z',    0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      'a',    'b',    'c',    'd',    'e',    'f',    'g',
+  'h',    'i',    'j',    'k',    'l',    'm',    'n',    'o',
+  'p',    'q',    'r',    's',    't',    'u',    'v',    'w',
+  'x',    'y',    'z',    0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+
+  'C',    'u',    'e',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'c',
+  'e',    'e',    'e',    'i',    'i',    'i',    'A',    'A',
+  'E',    'e',    'E',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'u',    'u',
+  'y',    'O',    'U',    0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  'a',    'i',    'o',    'u',    'n',    'N',    0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+
+#else
+
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  'A',    'A',    'A',    'A',    'A',    'A',    'A',    'C',
+  'E',    'E',    'E',    'E',    'I',    'I',    'I',    'I',
+  0,      'N',    'O',    'O',    'O',    'O',    'O',    0,
+  'O',    'U',    'U',    'U',    'U',    'Y',    0,      0,
+  'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'a',    'c',
+  'e',    'e',    'e',    'e',    'i',    'i',    'i',    'i',
+  0,      'n',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'o',    'o',    0,
+  'o',    'u',    'u',    'u',    'u',    'y',    0,      'y',
+
+#endif
+};
+
+/*------------------------------------------------------------------------.
+| For each alphabetic character, returns a code of what its diacritic is, |
+| according to the following codes: 1 (eE) over aA for latin diphtongs; 2 |
+| (') acute accent; 3 (`) grave accent; 4 (^) circumflex accent; 5 (")	  |
+| umlaut or diaraesis; 6 (~) tilda; 7 (,) cedilla; 8 (o) covering degree  |
+| symbol; 9 (|) slashed character.					  |
+`------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+const char diacrit_diac[256] =
+{
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      4,      0,
+  3,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      6,      0,
+
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+
+  7,      5,      2,      4,      5,      3,      8,      7,
+  4,      5,      3,      5,      4,      3,      5,      8,
+  2,      1,      1,      4,      5,      3,      4,      3,
+  5,      5,      5,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  2,      2,      2,      2,      6,      6,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+
+#else
+
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,      0,
+  3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      8,      1,      7,
+  3,      2,      4,      5,      3,      2,      4,      5,
+  0,      6,      3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      0,
+  9,      3,      2,      4,      5,      2,      0,      0,
+  3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      8,      1,      7,
+  3,      2,      4,      5,      3,      2,      4,      5,
+  0,      6,      3,      2,      4,      6,      5,      0,
+  9,      3,      2,      4,      5,      2,      0,      0,
+
+#endif
+};

lib/diacrit.h

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+/* Diacritics processing for a few character codes.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1988.
+
+   All this file is a temporary hack, waiting for locales in GNU.
+*/
+
+extern const char diacrit_base[]; /* characters without diacritics */
+extern const char diacrit_diac[]; /* diacritic code for each character */
+
+/* Returns CHAR without its diacritic.  CHAR is known to be alphabetic.  */
+#define tobase(Char) (diacrit_base[(unsigned char) (Char)])
+
+/* Returns a diacritic code for CHAR.  CHAR is known to be alphabetic.  */
+#define todiac(Char) (diacrit_diac[(unsigned char) (Char)])

lib/dirname.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* dirname.c -- return all but the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,38 +15,79 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
-#ifndef strrchr
-#define strrchr rindex
+# include <strings.h>
+# ifndef strrchr
+#  define strrchr rindex
+# endif
 #endif
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
+void *memrchr ();
 #endif
 
-/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
-   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
-   Assumes that trailing slashes have already been
-   removed.  */
+#include "dirname.h"
 
-char *
-dirname (path)
-     char *path;
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif
+
+#define BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR ISSLASH ('\\')
+
+/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)' and set *RESULT
+   to point to PATH or to `"."', as appropriate.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
+   (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+size_t
+dir_name_r (const char *path, const char **result)
 {
-  char *newpath;
   char *slash;
   int length;			/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */
 
   slash = strrchr (path, '/');
+  if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
+    {
+      char *b = strrchr (path, '\\');
+      if (b && slash < b)
+	slash = b;
+    }
+
+  /* If the last byte of PATH is a slash, decrement SLASH until it's
+     pointing at the leftmost in a sequence of trailing slashes.  */
+  if (slash && slash[1] == 0)
+    {
+      while (path < slash && ISSLASH (slash[-1]))
+	{
+	  --slash;
+	}
+
+      if (path < slash)
+	{
+	  slash = memrchr (path, '/', slash - path);
+	  if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    {
+	      char *b = memrchr (path, '\\', slash - path);
+	      if (b && slash < b)
+		slash = b;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
   if (slash == 0)
     {
       /* File is in the current directory.  */
@@ -56,15 +97,86 @@ dirname (path)
   else
     {
       /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result.  */
-      while (slash > path && *slash == '/')
-	--slash;
+      if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	{
+	  const char *lim = ((path[0] >= 'A' && path[0] <= 'z'
+			      && path[1] == ':')
+			     ? path + 2 : path);
+
+	  /* If canonicalized "d:/path", leave alone the root case "d:/".  */
+	  while (slash > lim && ISSLASH (*slash))
+	    --slash;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  while (slash > path && ISSLASH (*slash))
+	    --slash;
+	}
 
       length = slash - path + 1;
     }
-  newpath = (char *) malloc (length + 1);
+
+  *result = path;
+  return length;
+}
+
+/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
+   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
+   (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+
+char *
+dir_name (const char *path)
+{
+  const char *result;
+  size_t length = dir_name_r (path, &result);
+  char *newpath = (char *) malloc (length + 1);
   if (newpath == 0)
     return 0;
-  strncpy (newpath, path, length);
+  strncpy (newpath, result, length);
   newpath[length] = 0;
   return newpath;
 }
+
+#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
+/*
+
+Run the test like this (expect no output):
+  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall memrchr.c dirname.c
+  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
+
+BEGIN-DATA
+foo//// .
+bar/foo//// bar
+foo/ .
+/ /
+. .
+a .
+END-DATA
+
+*/
+
+# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
+
+  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
+  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char *result;
+      sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
+      result = dir_name (path);
+      if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
+	printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
+    }
+  exit (0);
+
+}
+#endif

lib/dirname.h

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/*  Copyright (C) 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+    any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef DIRNAME_H_
+# define DIRNAME_H_ 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+char *
+dir_name PARAMS ((const char *path));
+
+size_t
+dir_name_r PARAMS ((const char *path, const char **result));
+
+#endif /* not DIRNAME_H_ */

lib/dup2.c

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* Duplicate an open file descriptor to a specified file descriptor.
+   Copyright 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Paul Eggert */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_FCNTL_H
+# include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef F_DUPFD
+static int
+dupfd (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  int duplicated_fd = dup (fd);
+  if (duplicated_fd < 0 || duplicated_fd == desired_fd)
+    return duplicated_fd;
+  else
+    {
+      int r = dupfd (fd, desired_fd);
+      int e = errno;
+      close (duplicated_fd);
+      errno = e;
+      return r;
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+int
+dup2 (int fd, int desired_fd)
+{
+  if (fd == desired_fd)
+    return fd;
+  close (desired_fd);
+#ifdef F_DUPFD
+  return fcntl (fd, F_DUPFD, desired_fd);
+#else
+  return dupfd (fd, desired_fd);
+#endif
+}

lib/error.c

@@ -1,27 +1,34 @@
-/* error.c -- error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
 
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
 
 #if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
 # if __STDC__
@@ -43,13 +50,19 @@
 void exit ();
 #endif
 
+#include "error.h"
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
+char *strerror_r ();
+#endif
+
 #ifndef _
 # define _(String) String
 #endif
 
-/* Get prototypes for the functions defined here.  */
-#include <error.h>
-
 /* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
    name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
    function without parameters instead.  */
@@ -68,17 +81,30 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 # define program_name program_invocation_name
 # include <errno.h>
 
+/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
+   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
+# define error __error
+# define error_at_line __error_at_line
+
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
+#  define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
+# endif
+
 #else /* not _LIBC */
 
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
    name of the executing program.  */
 extern char *program_name;
 
-# if HAVE_STRERROR
-#  ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
-char *strerror ();
-#  endif
+# ifdef HAVE_STRERROR_R
+#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
 # else
+#  if HAVE_STRERROR
+#   ifndef strerror		/* On some systems, strerror is a macro */
+char *strerror ();
+#   endif
+#  else
 static char *
 private_strerror (errnum)
      int errnum;
@@ -87,12 +113,12 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
   extern int sys_nerr;
 
   if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
-    return sys_errlist[errnum];
+    return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
   return _("Unknown system error");
 }
-#  define strerror private_strerror
-# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR */
-
+#   define strerror private_strerror
+#  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
+# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R */
 #endif	/* not _LIBC */
 
 /* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
@@ -102,7 +128,7 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
 /* VARARGS */
 
 void
-#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
 error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
 #else
 error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
@@ -138,7 +164,21 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
 
   ++error_message_count;
   if (errnum)
-    fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+    {
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+      char errbuf[1024];
+# if HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
+# else
+      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
+	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
+      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
+# endif
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+#endif
+    }
   putc ('\n', stderr);
   fflush (stderr);
   if (status)
@@ -150,7 +190,7 @@ error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
 int error_one_per_line;
 
 void
-#if defined(VA_START) && __STDC__
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
 error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
 	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
 #else
@@ -206,9 +246,31 @@ error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
 
   ++error_message_count;
   if (errnum)
-    fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+    {
+#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+      char errbuf[1024];
+# if HAVE_WORKING_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf));
+# else
+      /* Don't use __strerror_r's return value because on some systems
+	 (at least DEC UNIX 4.0[A-D]) strerror_r returns `int'.  */
+      __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", errbuf);
+# endif
+#else
+      fprintf (stderr, ": %s", strerror (errnum));
+#endif
+    }
   putc ('\n', stderr);
   fflush (stderr);
   if (status)
     exit (status);
 }
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+/* Make the weak alias.  */
+# undef error
+# undef error_at_line
+weak_alias (__error, error)
+weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
+#endif

lib/error.h

@@ -1,10 +1,14 @@
-/* error.h -- declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Declaration for error-reporting function
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@@ -12,26 +16,31 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
 
-#ifndef ERROR_H_
-# define ERROR_H_
+#ifndef _ERROR_H
+#define _ERROR_H 1
 
-# ifndef __attribute__
+#ifndef __attribute__
 /* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later.  */
-#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
-#   define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
-#  endif
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
+#  define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
+# endif
 /* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
    are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later.  */
-#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
-#   define __format__ format
-#   define __printf__ printf
-#  endif
+# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
+#  define __format__ format
+#  define __printf__ printf
 # endif
+#endif
 
-# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 
 /* Print a message with `fprintf (stderr, FORMAT, ...)';
    if ERRNUM is nonzero, follow it with ": " and strerror (ERRNUM).
@@ -49,11 +58,11 @@ extern void error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *fname,
    function without parameters instead.  */
 extern void (*error_print_progname) (void);
 
-# else
+#else
 void error ();
 void error_at_line ();
 extern void (*error_print_progname) ();
-# endif
+#endif
 
 /* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
 extern unsigned int error_message_count;
@@ -62,4 +71,8 @@ extern unsigned int error_message_count;
    variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
 extern int error_one_per_line;
 
-#endif /* not ERROR_H_ */
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* error.h */

lib/euidaccess.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* euidaccess -- check if effective user id can access file
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1995, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This file is part of the GNU C Library.
 
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 /* Written by David MacKenzie and Torbjorn Granlund.
    Adapted for GNU C library by Roland McGrath.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -66,6 +66,9 @@ gid_t getegid ();
 #ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif
+#ifndef __set_errno
+# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val)
+#endif
 
 #if defined(EACCES) && !defined(EACCESS)
 # define EACCESS EACCES
@@ -93,6 +96,7 @@ extern int errno;
 #ifdef _LIBC
 
 # define group_member __group_member
+# define euidaccess __euidaccess
 
 #else
 
@@ -102,6 +106,14 @@ static uid_t uid;
 /* The user's real group id. */
 static gid_t gid;
 
+# if HAVE_GETGROUPS
+int group_member ();
+# else
+#  define group_member(gid)	0
+# endif
+
+#endif
+
 /* The user's effective user id. */
 static uid_t euid;
 
@@ -109,15 +121,7 @@ static uid_t euid;
 static gid_t egid;
 
 /* Nonzero if UID, GID, EUID, and EGID have valid values. */
-static int have_ids = 0;
-
-# ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
-int group_member ();
-# else
-#  define group_member(gid)	0
-# endif
-
-#endif
+static int have_ids;
 
 
 /* Return 0 if the user has permission of type MODE on file PATH;
@@ -127,16 +131,15 @@ int group_member ();
    filesystem, text busy, etc. */
 
 int
-euidaccess (path, mode)
-     const char *path;
-     int mode;
+euidaccess (const char *path, int mode)
 {
   struct stat stats;
   int granted;
 
 #ifdef	_LIBC
-  uid_t uid = getuid (), euid = geteuid ();
-  gid_t gid = getgid (), egid = getegid ();
+  if (! __libc_enable_secure)
+    /* If we are not set-uid or set-gid, access does the same.  */
+    return __access (path, mode);
 #else
   if (have_ids == 0)
     {
@@ -146,11 +149,11 @@ euidaccess (path, mode)
       euid = geteuid ();
       egid = getegid ();
     }
-#endif
 
   if (uid == euid && gid == egid)
     /* If we are not set-uid or set-gid, access does the same.  */
     return access (path, mode);
+#endif
 
   if (stat (path, &stats))
     return -1;
@@ -163,6 +166,16 @@ euidaccess (path, mode)
   if (mode == F_OK)
     return 0;			/* The file exists. */
 
+#ifdef	_LIBC
+  /* Now we need the IDs.  */
+  if (have_ids == 0)
+    {
+      have_ids = 1;
+      euid = __geteuid ();
+      egid = __getegid ();
+    }
+#endif
+
   /* The super-user can read and write any file, and execute any file
      that anyone can execute. */
   if (euid == 0 && ((mode & X_OK) == 0
@@ -177,6 +190,40 @@ euidaccess (path, mode)
     granted = (stats.st_mode & mode);
   if (granted == mode)
     return 0;
-  errno = EACCESS;
+  __set_errno (EACCESS);
   return -1;
 }
+#undef euidaccess
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__euidaccess, euidaccess)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TEST
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <errno.h>
+# include "error.h"
+
+char *program_name;
+
+int
+main (argc, argv)
+     int argc;
+     char **argv;
+{
+  char *file;
+  int mode;
+  int err;
+
+  program_name = argv[0];
+  if (argc < 3)
+    abort ();
+  file = argv[1];
+  mode = atoi (argv[2]);
+
+  err = euidaccess (file, mode);
+  printf ("%d\n", err);
+  if (err != 0)
+    error (0, errno, "%s", file);
+  exit (0);
+}
+#endif

lib/exclude.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* exclude.c -- exclude file names
-   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -54,14 +54,14 @@ new_exclude (void)
 }
 
 int
-excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
+excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f, int options)
 {
   char const * const *exclude = ex->exclude;
   int exclude_count = ex->exclude_count;
   int i;
 
   for (i = 0;  i < exclude_count;  i++)
-    if (fnmatch (exclude[i], f, 0) == 0)
+    if (fnmatch (exclude[i], f, options) == 0)
       return 1;
 
   return 0;
@@ -79,7 +79,8 @@ add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern)
 }
 
 int
-add_exclude_file (struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, char line_end)
+add_exclude_file (void (*add_func) PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *)),
+		  struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, char line_end)
 {
   int use_stdin = filename[0] == '-' && !filename[1];
   FILE *in;
@@ -118,7 +119,7 @@ add_exclude_file (struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, char line_end)
     if (p < lim ? *p == line_end : buf < p && p[-1])
       {
 	*p = '\0';
-	add_exclude (ex, pattern);
+	(*add_func) (ex, pattern);
 	pattern = p + 1;
       }
 

lib/exclude.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
-   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,5 +30,6 @@ struct exclude;
 
 struct exclude *new_exclude PARAMS ((void));
 void add_exclude PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *));
-int add_exclude_file PARAMS ((struct exclude *, char const *, char));
-int excluded_filename PARAMS ((struct exclude const *, char const *));
+int add_exclude_file PARAMS ((void (*) (struct exclude *, char const *),
+			      struct exclude *, char const *, char));
+int excluded_filename PARAMS ((struct exclude const *, char const *, int));

lib/fatal.c

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: define EXIT_FAILURE */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
+# if __STDC__
+#  include <stdarg.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
+# else
+#  include <varargs.h>
+#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
+# endif
+#else
+# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
+# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
+#endif
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+void exit ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define program_name program_invocation_name
+#else /* not _LIBC */
+/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
+   name of the executing program.  */
+extern char *program_name;
+#endif
+
+#include "fatal.h"
+
+/* Like error, but always exit with EXIT_FAILURE.  */
+
+void
+#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
+fatal (int errnum, const char *message, ...)
+#else
+fatal (errnum, message, va_alist)
+     int errnum;
+     char *message;
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+#ifdef VA_START
+  va_list args;
+#endif
+
+  if (error_print_progname)
+    (*error_print_progname) ();
+  else
+    {
+      fflush (stdout);
+      fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
+    }
+
+#ifdef VA_START
+  VA_START (args, message);
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, errnum, message, args);
+  va_end (args);
+#else
+  error (EXIT_FAILURE, errnum, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
+#endif
+}

lib/fatal.h

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+#include "error.h"
+
+/* FIXME: this is all from ansidecl.  better to simply swipe
+   that file from egcs/include and include it from here.  */
+
+/* Using MACRO(x,y) in cpp #if conditionals does not work with some
+   older preprocessors.  Thus we can't define something like this:
+
+#define HAVE_GCC_VERSION(MAJOR, MINOR) \
+  (__GNUC__ > (MAJOR) || (__GNUC__ == (MAJOR) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (MINOR)))
+
+and then test "#if HAVE_GCC_VERSION(2,7)".
+
+So instead we use the macro below and test it against specific values.  */
+
+/* This macro simplifies testing whether we are using gcc, and if it
+   is of a particular minimum version. (Both major & minor numbers are
+   significant.)  This macro will evaluate to 0 if we are not using
+   gcc at all.  */
+#ifndef GCC_VERSION
+# define GCC_VERSION (__GNUC__ * 1000 + __GNUC_MINOR__)
+#endif /* GCC_VERSION */
+
+/* Define macros for some gcc attributes.  This permits us to use the
+   macros freely, and know that they will come into play for the
+   version of gcc in which they are supported.  */
+
+#if (GCC_VERSION < 2007)
+# define __attribute__(x)
+#endif
+
+/* Attribute __malloc__ on functions was valid as of gcc 2.96. */
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# if (GCC_VERSION >= 2096)
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC __attribute__ ((__malloc__))
+# else
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC
+# endif /* GNUC >= 2.96 */
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_MALLOC */
+
+/* Attributes on labels were valid as of gcc 2.93. */
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
+# if (GCC_VERSION >= 2093)
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# else
+#  define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL
+# endif /* GNUC >= 2.93 */
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED_LABEL */
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
+# define ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED __attribute__ ((__unused__))
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED */
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
+# define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN */
+
+#ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(m, n) __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, m, n)))
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_1 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(1, 2)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(2, 3)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_3 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(3, 4)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_4 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(4, 5)
+# define ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_5 ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF(5, 6)
+#endif /* ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF */
+
+extern void fatal (int errnum, const char *format, ...)
+     ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN ATTRIBUTE_PRINTF_2;

lib/fileblocks.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Convert file size to number of blocks on System V-like machines.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,22 +17,31 @@
 
 /* Written by Brian L. Matthews, blm@6sceng.UUCP. */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if !HAVE_ST_BLOCKS && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined BSIZE
-# include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
 # include <sys/param.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS && !defined _POSIX_SOURCE && defined BSIZE
 
 # if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 #  include <unistd.h>
 # endif
 
 # ifndef NINDIR
+
+#  if defined (__DJGPP__)
+typedef long daddr_t; /* for disk address */
+#  endif
+
 /* Some SysV's, like Irix, seem to lack this.  Hope it's correct. */
 /* Number of inode pointers per indirect block. */
-#  define NINDIR (BSIZE/sizeof(daddr_t))
+#  define NINDIR (BSIZE / sizeof (daddr_t))
 # endif /* !NINDIR */
 
 /* Number of direct block addresses in an inode. */
@@ -41,8 +50,7 @@
 /* Return the number of 512-byte blocks in a file of SIZE bytes. */
 
 off_t
-st_blocks (size)
-     off_t size;
+st_blocks (off_t size)
 {
   off_t datablks = size / 512 + (size % 512 != 0);
   off_t indrblks = 0;

lib/filemode.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,14 +14,16 @@
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
+#include "filemode.h"
+
 #if !S_IRUSR
 # if S_IREAD
 #  define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
@@ -46,52 +48,207 @@
 # endif
 #endif
 
+#if !S_IRGRP
+# define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IWGRP
+# define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IROTH
+# define S_IROTH (S_IRUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+#if !S_IWOTH
+# define S_IWOTH (S_IWUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+#if !S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH (S_IXUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
 #ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISBLK
-#undef S_ISCHR
-#undef S_ISDIR
-#undef S_ISFIFO
-#undef S_ISLNK
-#undef S_ISMPB
-#undef S_ISMPC
-#undef S_ISNWK
-#undef S_ISREG
-#undef S_ISSOCK
+# undef S_ISBLK
+# undef S_ISCHR
+# undef S_ISDIR
+# undef S_ISFIFO
+# undef S_ISLNK
+# undef S_ISMPB
+# undef S_ISMPC
+# undef S_ISNWK
+# undef S_ISREG
+# undef S_ISSOCK
 #endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
 
-#if !defined(S_ISBLK) && defined(S_IFBLK)
-#define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+#if !defined S_ISBLK && defined S_IFBLK
+# define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISCHR) && defined(S_IFCHR)
-#define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+#if !defined S_ISCHR && defined S_IFCHR
+# define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISREG) && defined(S_IFREG)
-#define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+#if !defined S_ISREG && defined S_IFREG
+# define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISFIFO) && defined(S_IFIFO)
-#define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+#if !defined S_ISFIFO && defined S_IFIFO
+# define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
-#define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+#if !defined S_ISLNK && defined S_IFLNK
+# define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISSOCK) && defined(S_IFSOCK)
-#define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+#if !defined S_ISSOCK && defined S_IFSOCK
+# define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISMPB) && defined(S_IFMPB) /* V7 */
-#define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
-#define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
+#if !defined S_ISMPB && defined S_IFMPB /* V7 */
+# define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
+# define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
 #endif
-#if !defined(S_ISNWK) && defined(S_IFNWK) /* HP/UX */
-#define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+#if !defined S_ISNWK && defined S_IFNWK /* HP/UX */
+# define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISDOOR && defined S_IFDOOR /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
+# define S_ISDOOR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDOOR)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISCTG && defined S_IFCTG /* MassComp */
+# define S_ISCTG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCTG)
 #endif
 
-void mode_string ();
-static char ftypelet ();
-static void rwx ();
-static void setst ();
+
+
+/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
+   according to the file mode BITS.  */
+
+static void
+setst (mode_t bits, char *chars)
+{
+#ifdef S_ISUID
+  if (bits & S_ISUID)
+    {
+      if (chars[3] != 'x')
+	/* Set-uid, but not executable by owner.  */
+	chars[3] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[3] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISGID
+  if (bits & S_ISGID)
+    {
+      if (chars[6] != 'x')
+	/* Set-gid, but not executable by group.  */
+	chars[6] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[6] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISVTX
+  if (bits & S_ISVTX)
+    {
+      if (chars[9] != 'x')
+	/* Sticky, but not executable by others.  */
+	chars[9] = 'T';
+      else
+	chars[9] = 't';
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
+   file mode BITS:
+   'd' for directories
+   'D' for doors
+   'b' for block special files
+   'c' for character special files
+   'n' for network special files
+   'm' for multiplexor files
+   'M' for an off-line (regular) file
+   'l' for symbolic links
+   's' for sockets
+   'p' for fifos
+   'C' for contigous data files
+   '-' for regular files
+   '?' for any other file type.  */
+
+static char
+ftypelet (mode_t bits)
+{
+#ifdef S_ISBLK
+  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
+    return 'b';
+#endif
+  if (S_ISCHR (bits))
+    return 'c';
+  if (S_ISDIR (bits))
+    return 'd';
+  if (S_ISREG (bits))
+    return '-';
+#ifdef S_ISFIFO
+  if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
+    return 'p';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+  if (S_ISLNK (bits))
+    return 'l';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISSOCK
+  if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
+    return 's';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISMPC
+  if (S_ISMPC (bits))
+    return 'm';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISNWK
+  if (S_ISNWK (bits))
+    return 'n';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISDOOR
+  if (S_ISDOOR (bits))
+    return 'D';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISCTG
+  if (S_ISCTG (bits))
+    return 'C';
+#endif
+
+  /* The following two tests are for Cray DMF (Data Migration
+     Facility), which is a HSM file system.  A migrated file has a
+     `st_dm_mode' that is different from the normal `st_mode', so any
+     tests for migrated files should use the former.  */
+
+#ifdef S_ISOFD
+  if (S_ISOFD (bits))
+    /* off line, with data  */
+    return 'M';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISOFL
+  /* off line, with no data  */
+  if (S_ISOFL (bits))
+    return 'M';
+#endif
+  return '?';
+}
+
+/* Like filemodestring, but only the relevant part of the `struct stat'
+   is given as an argument.  */
+
+void
+mode_string (mode_t mode, char *str)
+{
+  str[0] = ftypelet (mode);
+  str[1] = mode & S_IRUSR ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[2] = mode & S_IWUSR ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[3] = mode & S_IXUSR ? 'x' : '-';
+  str[4] = mode & S_IRGRP ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[5] = mode & S_IWGRP ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[6] = mode & S_IXGRP ? 'x' : '-';
+  str[7] = mode & S_IROTH ? 'r' : '-';
+  str[8] = mode & S_IWOTH ? 'w' : '-';
+  str[9] = mode & S_IXOTH ? 'x' : '-';
+  setst (mode, str);
+}
 
 /* filemodestring - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
    representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
@@ -130,137 +287,7 @@ static void setst ();
 	'T' if the file is sticky but not executable.  */
 
 void
-filemodestring (statp, str)
-     struct stat *statp;
-     char *str;
+filemodestring (struct stat *statp, char *str)
 {
   mode_string (statp->st_mode, str);
 }
-
-/* Like filemodestring, but only the relevant part of the `struct stat'
-   is given as an argument.  */
-
-void
-mode_string (mode, str)
-     unsigned short mode;
-     char *str;
-{
-  str[0] = ftypelet ((long) mode);
-  rwx ((mode & 0700) << 0, &str[1]);
-  rwx ((mode & 0070) << 3, &str[4]);
-  rwx ((mode & 0007) << 6, &str[7]);
-  setst (mode, str);
-}
-
-/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
-   file mode BITS:
-   'd' for directories
-   'b' for block special files
-   'c' for character special files
-   'm' for multiplexor files
-   'l' for symbolic links
-   's' for sockets
-   'p' for fifos
-   '-' for regular files
-   '?' for any other file type.  */
-
-static char
-ftypelet (bits)
-     long bits;
-{
-#ifdef S_ISBLK
-  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
-    return 'b';
-#endif
-  if (S_ISCHR (bits))
-    return 'c';
-  if (S_ISDIR (bits))
-    return 'd';
-  if (S_ISREG (bits))
-    return '-';
-#ifdef S_ISFIFO
-  if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
-    return 'p';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISLNK
-  if (S_ISLNK (bits))
-    return 'l';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISSOCK
-  if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
-    return 's';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISMPC
-  if (S_ISMPC (bits))
-    return 'm';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISNWK
-  if (S_ISNWK (bits))
-    return 'n';
-#endif
-
-#ifdef S_ISOFD
-  /* Cray migrated dmf file.  */
-  if (S_ISOFD (bits))
-    return 'M';
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISOFL
-  /* Cray migrated dmf file.  */
-  if (S_ISOFL (bits))
-    return 'M';
-#endif
-  return '?';
-}
-
-/* Look at read, write, and execute bits in BITS and set
-   flags in CHARS accordingly.  */
-
-static void
-rwx (bits, chars)
-     unsigned short bits;
-     char *chars;
-{
-  chars[0] = (bits & S_IRUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
-  chars[1] = (bits & S_IWUSR) ? 'w' : '-';
-  chars[2] = (bits & S_IXUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
-}
-
-/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
-   according to the file mode BITS.  */
-
-static void
-setst (bits, chars)
-     unsigned short bits;
-     char *chars;
-{
-#ifdef S_ISUID
-  if (bits & S_ISUID)
-    {
-      if (chars[3] != 'x')
-	/* Set-uid, but not executable by owner.  */
-	chars[3] = 'S';
-      else
-	chars[3] = 's';
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISGID
-  if (bits & S_ISGID)
-    {
-      if (chars[6] != 'x')
-	/* Set-gid, but not executable by group.  */
-	chars[6] = 'S';
-      else
-	chars[6] = 's';
-    }
-#endif
-#ifdef S_ISVTX
-  if (bits & S_ISVTX)
-    {
-      if (chars[9] != 'x')
-	/* Sticky, but not executable by others.  */
-	chars[9] = 'T';
-      else
-	chars[9] = 't';
-    }
-#endif
-}

lib/filemode.h

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#ifndef FILEMODE_H_
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+void mode_string PARAMS ((mode_t mode, char *str));
+
+#endif

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,55 +1,57 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
-   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+  Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
+#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
+# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
+#endif
+
 #include <errno.h>
 #include <fnmatch.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 
-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || !defined (isascii)
-# define ISASCII(c) 1
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
-# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii (c)
 #endif
 
-#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
+#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
 
-# ifndef errno
+
+#ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
-# endif
+#endif
 
 /* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
    it matches, nonzero if not.  */
 int
-fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
-     const char *pattern;
-     const char *string;
-     int flags;
+fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 {
   register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
   register char c;
 
 /* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
-# define FOLD(c)	((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+                 ? tolower ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+                 : (c))
 
   while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
     {
@@ -71,6 +73,9 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
 	    {
 	      c = *p++;
+	      if (c == '\0')
+		/* Trailing \ loses.  */
+		return FNM_NOMATCH;
 	      c = FOLD (c);
 	    }
 	  if (FOLD (*n) != c)
@@ -82,13 +87,30 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 	      (n == string || ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && n[-1] == '/')))
 	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
 
-	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++, ++n)
-	    if (((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/') ||
-		(c == '?' && *n == '\0'))
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
+	    {
+	      if (c == '?')
+		{
+		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
+		  if (*n == '\0' || (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))
+		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		  else
+		    /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
+		       this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
+		       less than three characters.  */
+		    ++n;
+		}
+	    }
 
 	  if (c == '\0')
-	    return 0;
+	    {
+	      if ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR)) == FNM_FILE_NAME)
+		for (; *n != '\0'; n++)
+		  if (*n == '/')
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	      return 0;
+	    }
 
 	  {
 	    char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c;
@@ -97,6 +119,8 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 	      if ((c == '[' || FOLD (*n) == c1) &&
 		  fnmatch (p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
 		return 0;
+	      else if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+		break;
 	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
 	  }
 
@@ -122,7 +146,11 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 		register char cstart = c, cend = c;
 
 		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  cstart = cend = *p++;
+		  {
+		    if (*p == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    cstart = cend = *p++;
+		  }
 
 		cstart = cend = FOLD (cstart);
 
@@ -169,8 +197,12 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 
 		c = *p++;
 		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\')
-		  /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
-		  ++p;
+		  {
+		    if (*p == '\0')
+		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
+		    /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
+		    ++p;
+		  }
 	      }
 	    if (not)
 	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
@@ -194,5 +226,5 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 
   return FNM_NOMATCH;
 
-# undef FOLD
+#undef FOLD
 }

lib/fsusage.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* fsusage.c -- return space usage of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,6 +26,13 @@
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include "fsusage.h"
 
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+# define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+
 int statfs ();
 
 #if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
@@ -68,9 +75,22 @@ int statvfs ();
 /* Many space usage primitives use all 1 bits to denote a value that is
    not applicable or unknown.  Propagate this information by returning
    a uintmax_t value that is all 1 bits if the argument is all 1 bits,
-   even if the argument is unsigned and smaller than unitmax_t.  */
+   even if the argument is unsigned and smaller than uintmax_t.  */
 #define PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES(x) ((x) == -1 ? (uintmax_t) -1 : (uintmax_t) (x))
 
+/* Extract the top bit of X as an uintmax_t value.  */
+#define EXTRACT_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) \
+			    & ((uintmax_t) 1 << (sizeof (x) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
+
+/* If a value is negative, many space usage primitives store it into an
+   integer variable by assignment, even if the variable's type is unsigned.
+   So, if a space usage variable X's top bit is set, convert X to the
+   uintmax_t value V such that (- (uintmax_t) V) is the negative of
+   the original value.  If X's top bit is clear, just yield X.
+   Use PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT if the original value might be negative;
+   otherwise, use PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES.  */
+#define PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT(x) ((x) | ~ (EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (x) - 1))
+
 int safe_read ();
 
 /* Fill in the fields of FSP with information about space usage for
@@ -81,10 +101,7 @@ int safe_read ();
    ERRNO is either a system error value, or zero if DISK is NULL
    on a system that requires a non-NULL value.  */
 int
-get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
-     const char *path;
-     const char *disk;
-     struct fs_usage *fsp;
+get_fs_usage (const char *path, const char *disk, struct fs_usage *fsp)
 {
 #ifdef STAT_STATFS3_OSF1
 
@@ -107,7 +124,8 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
   fsp->fsu_blocksize = 1024;
   fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.btot);
   fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.bfree);
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.bfreen);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.fd_req.bfreen);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.fd_req.bfreen) != 0;
   fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.gtot);
   fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.fd_req.gfree);
 
@@ -141,7 +159,8 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
   fsp->fsu_blocksize = (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 1024 : 512);
   fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_fsize);
   fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_tfree);
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.s_tfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.s_tfree);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.s_tfree) != 0;
   fsp->fsu_files = (fsd.s_isize == -1
 		    ? (uintmax_t) -1
 		    : (fsd.s_isize - 2) * INOPB * (fsd.s_type == Fs2b ? 2 : 1));
@@ -165,7 +184,7 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
      truncation, presumably without botching the 4.1.1 case, in which
      the values are not truncated.  The correct counts are stored in
      undocumented spare fields.  */
-  if (fsd.f_blocks == 0x1fffff && fsd.f_spare[0] > 0)
+  if (fsd.f_blocks == 0x7fffffff / fsd.f_bsize && fsd.f_spare[0] > 0)
     {
       fsd.f_blocks = fsd.f_spare[0];
       fsd.f_bfree = fsd.f_spare[1];
@@ -226,7 +245,8 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
 
   fsp->fsu_blocks = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_blocks);
   fsp->fsu_bfree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bfree);
-  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_bavail);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail = PROPAGATE_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail);
+  fsp->fsu_bavail_top_bit_set = EXTRACT_TOP_BIT (fsd.f_bavail) != 0;
   fsp->fsu_files = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_files);
   fsp->fsu_ffree = PROPAGATE_ALL_ONES (fsd.f_ffree);
 
@@ -239,9 +259,7 @@ get_fs_usage (path, disk, fsp)
 /* AIX PS/2 does not supply statfs.  */
 
 int
-statfs (path, fsb)
-     char *path;
-     struct statfs *fsb;
+statfs (char *path, struct statfs *fsb)
 {
   struct stat stats;
   struct dustat fsd;

lib/fsusage.h

@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ struct fs_usage
   uintmax_t fsu_blocks;		/* Total blocks. */
   uintmax_t fsu_bfree;		/* Free blocks available to superuser. */
   uintmax_t fsu_bavail;		/* Free blocks available to non-superuser. */
+  int fsu_bavail_top_bit_set;	/* 1 if fsu_bavail represents a value < 0.  */
   uintmax_t fsu_files;		/* Total file nodes. */
   uintmax_t fsu_ffree;		/* Free file nodes. */
 };

lib/ftruncate.c

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 /* ftruncate emulations that work on some System V's.
    This file is in the public domain.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -11,28 +11,24 @@
 #ifdef F_CHSIZE
 
 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
   return fcntl (fd, F_CHSIZE, length);
 }
 
 #else /* not F_CHSIZE */
-#ifdef F_FREESP
+# ifdef F_FREESP
 
 /* By William Kucharski <kucharsk@netcom.com>.  */
 
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
+#  include <sys/stat.h>
+#  include <errno.h>
+#  if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#   include <unistd.h>
+#  endif
 
 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
   struct flock fl;
   struct stat filebuf;
@@ -71,33 +67,29 @@ ftruncate (fd, length)
   return 0;
 }
 
-#else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP */
-#ifdef HAVE_CHSIZE
+# else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP */
+#  if HAVE_CHSIZE
 
 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
   return chsize (fd, length);
 }
 
-#else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP nor HAVE_CHSIZE */
+#  else /* not F_CHSIZE nor F_FREESP nor HAVE_CHSIZE */
 
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
+#   include <errno.h>
+#   ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
-#endif
+#   endif
 
 int
-ftruncate (fd, length)
-     int fd;
-     off_t length;
+ftruncate (int fd, off_t length)
 {
   errno = EIO;
   return -1;
 }
 
-#endif /* not HAVE_CHSIZE */
-#endif /* not F_FREESP */
+#  endif /* not HAVE_CHSIZE */
+# endif /* not F_FREESP */
 #endif /* not F_CHSIZE */

lib/full-write.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* full-write.c -- an interface to write that retries after interrupts
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -37,10 +37,7 @@ extern int errno;
    Return LEN upon success, write's (negative) error code otherwise.  */
 
 int
-full_write (desc, ptr, len)
-     int desc;
-     char *ptr;
-     size_t len;
+full_write (int desc, const char *ptr, size_t len)
 {
   int total_written;
 
@@ -48,10 +45,11 @@ full_write (desc, ptr, len)
   while (len > 0)
     {
       int written = write (desc, ptr, len);
-      /* FIXME: write on my slackware Linux 1.2.13 returns zero when
+      /* write on an old Slackware Linux 1.2.13 returns zero when
 	 I try to write more data than there is room on a floppy disk.
 	 This puts dd into an infinite loop.  Reproduce with
-	 dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/fd0.  */
+	 dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/fd0.  If you have this problem,
+	 consider upgrading to a newer kernel.  */
       if (written < 0)
 	{
 #ifdef EINTR

lib/getdate.h

@@ -14,28 +14,28 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifndef PARAMS
 # if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(args) args
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
 # else
-#  define PARAMS(args) ()
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
 # endif
 #endif
 
-#if defined (vms)
+#ifdef vms
 # include <types.h>
 # include <time.h>
 #else
 # include <sys/types.h>
-# ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
+# if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
 #  include <sys/time.h>
 #  include <time.h>
 # else
-#  ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
+#  if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
 #   include <sys/time.h>
 #  else
 #   include <time.h>

lib/getgroups.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* provide consistent interface to getgroups for systems that don't allow N==0
-   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,14 +25,11 @@ char *xmalloc ();
 
 /* On at least Ultrix 4.3 and NextStep 3.2, getgroups (0, 0) always fails.
    On other systems, it returns the number of supplemental groups for the
-   process is returned.
-   This function handles that special case and lets the system-
-   provided function handle all others.  */
+   process.  This function handles that special case and lets the system-
+   provided function handle all others. */
 
 int
-getgroups (n, group)
-     size_t n;
-     GETGROUPS_T *group;
+getgroups (size_t n, GETGROUPS_T *group)
 {
   int n_groups;
   GETGROUPS_T *gbuf;

lib/getline.c

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* getline.c -- Replacement for GNU C library function getline
 
-Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
@@ -34,125 +34,24 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
 #if defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && HAVE_GETDELIM
 
 int
-getline (lineptr, n, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
+getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
 {
   return getdelim (lineptr, n, '\n', stream);
 }
 
-
 #else /* ! have getdelim */
 
-# define NDEBUG
-# include <assert.h>
-
-# if STDC_HEADERS
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-# else
-char *malloc (), *realloc ();
-# endif
-
-/* Always add at least this many bytes when extending the buffer.  */
-# define MIN_CHUNK 64
-
-/* Read up to (and including) a TERMINATOR from STREAM into *LINEPTR
-   + OFFSET (and null-terminate it). *LINEPTR is a pointer returned from
-   malloc (or NULL), pointing to *N characters of space.  It is realloc'd
-   as necessary.  Return the number of characters read (not including the
-   null terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */
+# include "getstr.h"
 
 int
-getstr (lineptr, n, stream, terminator, offset)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
-     char terminator;
-     size_t offset;
+getline (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream)
 {
-  int nchars_avail;		/* Allocated but unused chars in *LINEPTR.  */
-  char *read_pos;		/* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */
-  int ret;
-
-  if (!lineptr || !n || !stream)
-    return -1;
-
-  if (!*lineptr)
-    {
-      *n = MIN_CHUNK;
-      *lineptr = malloc (*n);
-      if (!*lineptr)
-	return -1;
-    }
-
-  nchars_avail = *n - offset;
-  read_pos = *lineptr + offset;
-
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      register int c = getc (stream);
-
-      /* We always want at least one char left in the buffer, since we
-	 always (unless we get an error while reading the first char)
-	 NUL-terminate the line buffer.  */
-
-      assert(*n - nchars_avail == read_pos - *lineptr);
-      if (nchars_avail < 2)
-	{
-	  if (*n > MIN_CHUNK)
-	    *n *= 2;
-	  else
-	    *n += MIN_CHUNK;
-
-	  nchars_avail = *n + *lineptr - read_pos;
-	  *lineptr = realloc (*lineptr, *n);
-	  if (!*lineptr)
-	    return -1;
-	  read_pos = *n - nchars_avail + *lineptr;
-	  assert(*n - nchars_avail == read_pos - *lineptr);
-	}
-
-      if (c == EOF || ferror (stream))
-	{
-	  /* Return partial line, if any.  */
-	  if (read_pos == *lineptr)
-	    return -1;
-	  else
-	    break;
-	}
-
-      *read_pos++ = c;
-      nchars_avail--;
-
-      if (c == terminator)
-	/* Return the line.  */
-	break;
-    }
-
-  /* Done - NUL terminate and return the number of chars read.  */
-  *read_pos = '\0';
-
-  ret = read_pos - (*lineptr + offset);
-  return ret;
+  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, '\n', 0, 0);
 }
 
 int
-getline (lineptr, n, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     FILE *stream;
+getdelim (char **lineptr, size_t *n, int delimiter, FILE *stream)
 {
-  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, '\n', 0);
-}
-
-int
-getdelim (lineptr, n, delimiter, stream)
-     char **lineptr;
-     size_t *n;
-     int delimiter;
-     FILE *stream;
-{
-  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, delimiter, 0);
+  return getstr (lineptr, n, stream, delimiter, 0, 0);
 }
 #endif

lib/getline.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,10 +27,12 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 #  endif
 # endif
 
+# if __GLIBC__ < 2
 int
 getline PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, FILE *_stream));
 
 int
 getdelim PARAMS ((char **_lineptr, size_t *_n, int _delimiter, FILE *_stream));
+# endif
 
 #endif /* not GETLINE_H_ */

lib/getloadavg.c

@@ -98,8 +98,14 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
-#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_SETLOCALE
+# define setlocale(Category, Locale) /* empty */
+#endif
 
+#ifndef HAVE_GETLOADAVG
 
 /* The existing Emacs configuration files define a macro called
    LOAD_AVE_CVT, which accepts a value of type LOAD_AVE_TYPE, and
@@ -302,6 +308,12 @@ extern int errno;
 #  define LDAV_CVT(n) (((double) (n)) / FSCALE)
 # endif
 
+# ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
+#  if HAVE_NLIST_H
+#   define NLIST_STRUCT
+#  endif
+# endif
+
 /* VAX C can't handle multi-line #ifs, or lines longer that 256 characters.  */
 # ifndef NLIST_STRUCT
 
@@ -638,8 +650,11 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
   if (count <= 0)
     return -1;
 
+  /* The following sscanf must use the C locale.  */
+  setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "C");
   count = sscanf (ldavgbuf, "%lf %lf %lf",
 		  &load_ave[0], &load_ave[1], &load_ave[2]);
+  setlocale (LC_NUMERIC, "");
   if (count < 1)
     return -1;
 

lib/getopt.c

@@ -1,47 +1,40 @@
 /* Getopt for GNU.
-   NOTE: getopt is now part of the C library, so if you don't know what
-   "Keep this file name-space clean" means, talk to roland@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-   before changing it!
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU
+   C Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
 
-   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97
+   Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
    	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
    Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
 #ifndef _NO_PROTO
-#define _NO_PROTO
+# define _NO_PROTO
 #endif
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
-#ifndef const
-#define const
-#endif
+# ifndef const
+#  define const
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -55,11 +48,11 @@ USA.  */
    it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
 #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-#include <gnu-versions.h>
-#if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
-#define ELIDE_CODE
-#endif
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+# include <gnu-versions.h>
+# if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
+#  define ELIDE_CODE
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifndef ELIDE_CODE
@@ -70,32 +63,27 @@ USA.  */
 #ifdef	__GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Don't include stdlib.h for non-GNU C libraries because some of them
    contain conflicting prototypes for getopt.  */
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif	/* GNU C library.  */
 
 #ifdef VMS
-#include <unixlib.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
-#include <string.h>
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (WIN32) && !defined (__CYGWIN32__)
-/* It's not Unix, really.  See?  Capital letters.  */
-#include <windows.h>
-#define getpid() GetCurrentProcessId()
+# include <unixlib.h>
+# if HAVE_STRING_H - 0
+#  include <string.h>
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
-#else
-# define _(msgid)	(msgid)
-#endif
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+# if defined HAVE_LIBINTL_H || defined _LIBC
+#  include <libintl.h>
+#  ifndef _
+#   define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
+# endif
 #endif
 
 /* This version of `getopt' appears to the caller like standard Unix `getopt'
@@ -120,7 +108,7 @@ USA.  */
    Also, when `ordering' is RETURN_IN_ORDER,
    each non-option ARGV-element is returned here.  */
 
-char *optarg = NULL;
+char *optarg;
 
 /* Index in ARGV of the next element to be scanned.
    This is used for communication to and from the caller
@@ -141,7 +129,7 @@ int optind = 1;
    causes problems with re-calling getopt as programs generally don't
    know that. */
 
-int __getopt_initialized = 0;
+int __getopt_initialized;
 
 /* The next char to be scanned in the option-element
    in which the last option character we returned was found.
@@ -205,14 +193,22 @@ static char *posixly_correct;
    because there are many ways it can cause trouble.
    On some systems, it contains special magic macros that don't work
    in GCC.  */
-#include <string.h>
-#define	my_index	strchr
+# include <string.h>
+# define my_index	strchr
 #else
 
+# if HAVE_STRING_H
+#  include <string.h>
+# else
+#  include <strings.h>
+# endif
+
 /* Avoid depending on library functions or files
    whose names are inconsistent.  */
 
-char *getenv ();
+#ifndef getenv
+extern char *getenv ();
+#endif
 
 static char *
 my_index (str, chr)
@@ -233,11 +229,11 @@ my_index (str, chr)
 #ifdef __GNUC__
 /* Note that Motorola Delta 68k R3V7 comes with GCC but not stddef.h.
    That was relevant to code that was here before.  */
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+# if (!defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__) && !defined strlen
 /* gcc with -traditional declares the built-in strlen to return int,
    and has done so at least since version 2.4.5. -- rms.  */
 extern int strlen (const char *);
-#endif /* not __STDC__ */
+# endif /* not __STDC__ */
 #endif /* __GNUC__ */
 
 #endif /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
@@ -264,8 +260,6 @@ static int nonoption_flags_len;
 static int original_argc;
 static char *const *original_argv;
 
-extern pid_t __libc_pid;
-
 /* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
    is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
    to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
@@ -278,7 +272,9 @@ store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
   original_argc = argc;
   original_argv = argv;
 }
+# ifdef text_set_element
 text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
+# endif /* text_set_element */
 
 # define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
   if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
@@ -300,7 +296,7 @@ text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
    `first_nonopt' and `last_nonopt' are relocated so that they describe
    the new indices of the non-options in ARGV after they are moved.  */
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static void exchange (char **);
 #endif
 
@@ -331,9 +327,9 @@ exchange (argv)
 	nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
       else
 	{
-	  memcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, nonoption_flags_max_len);
-	  memset (&new_str[nonoption_flags_max_len], '\0',
-		  top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  memset (__mempcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags,
+			     nonoption_flags_max_len),
+		  '\0', top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
 	  nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
 	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
 	}
@@ -386,7 +382,7 @@ exchange (argv)
 
 /* Initialize the internal data when the first call is made.  */
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 static const char *_getopt_initialize (int, char *const *, const char *);
 #endif
 static const char *
@@ -442,11 +438,8 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
 	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
 		nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
 	      else
-		{
-		  memcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len);
-		  memset (&__getopt_nonoption_flags[len], '\0',
-			  nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
-		}
+		memset (__mempcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len),
+			'\0', nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
 	    }
 	}
       nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
@@ -523,6 +516,13 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
      int *longind;
      int long_only;
 {
+  int print_errors = opterr;
+  if (optstring[0] == ':')
+    print_errors = 0;
+
+  if (argc < 1)
+    return -1;
+
   optarg = NULL;
 
   if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
@@ -538,11 +538,11 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
      from the shell indicating it is not an option.  The later information
      is only used when the used in the GNU libc.  */
 #ifdef _LIBC
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
-		     || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
-			 && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
+		      || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
+			  && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
 #else
-#define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
+# define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
 #endif
 
   if (nextchar == NULL || *nextchar == '\0')
@@ -672,14 +672,17 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		pfound = p;
 		indfound = option_index;
 	      }
-	    else
+	    else if (long_only
+		     || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+		     || pfound->flag != p->flag
+		     || pfound->val != p->val)
 	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */
 	      ambig = 1;
 	  }
 
       if (ambig && !exact)
 	{
-	  if (opterr)
+	  if (print_errors)
 	    fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `%s' is ambiguous\n"),
 		     argv[0], argv[optind]);
 	  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
@@ -700,17 +703,19 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		optarg = nameend + 1;
 	      else
 		{
-		  if (opterr)
-		   if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
-		    /* --option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], pfound->name);
-		   else
-		    /* +option or -option */
-		    fprintf (stderr,
-		     _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
-		     argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		  if (print_errors)
+		    {
+		      if (argv[optind - 1][1] == '-')
+			/* --option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 _("%s: option `--%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], pfound->name);
+		      else
+			/* +option or -option */
+			fprintf (stderr,
+				 _("%s: option `%c%s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
+				 argv[0], argv[optind - 1][0], pfound->name);
+		    }
 
 		  nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
 
@@ -724,7 +729,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		optarg = argv[optind++];
 	      else
 		{
-		  if (opterr)
+		  if (print_errors)
 		    fprintf (stderr,
 			   _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
 			   argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
@@ -751,7 +756,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
       if (!long_only || argv[optind][1] == '-'
 	  || my_index (optstring, *nextchar) == NULL)
 	{
-	  if (opterr)
+	  if (print_errors)
 	    {
 	      if (argv[optind][1] == '-')
 		/* --option */
@@ -781,7 +786,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 
     if (temp == NULL || c == ':')
       {
-	if (opterr)
+	if (print_errors)
 	  {
 	    if (posixly_correct)
 	      /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
@@ -815,7 +820,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	  }
 	else if (optind == argc)
 	  {
-	    if (opterr)
+	    if (print_errors)
 	      {
 		/* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
 		fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
@@ -864,7 +869,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	    }
 	if (ambig && !exact)
 	  {
-	    if (opterr)
+	    if (print_errors)
 	      fprintf (stderr, _("%s: option `-W %s' is ambiguous\n"),
 		       argv[0], argv[optind]);
 	    nextchar += strlen (nextchar);
@@ -882,7 +887,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  optarg = nameend + 1;
 		else
 		  {
-		    if (opterr)
+		    if (print_errors)
 		      fprintf (stderr, _("\
 %s: option `-W %s' doesn't allow an argument\n"),
 			       argv[0], pfound->name);
@@ -897,7 +902,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		  optarg = argv[optind++];
 		else
 		  {
-		    if (opterr)
+		    if (print_errors)
 		      fprintf (stderr,
 			       _("%s: option `%s' requires an argument\n"),
 			       argv[0], argv[optind - 1]);
@@ -944,12 +949,12 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 	      }
 	    else if (optind == argc)
 	      {
-		if (opterr)
+		if (print_errors)
 		  {
 		    /* 1003.2 specifies the format of this message.  */
 		    fprintf (stderr,
-			   _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
-			   argv[0], c);
+			     _("%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n"),
+			     argv[0], c);
 		  }
 		optopt = c;
 		if (optstring[0] == ':')

lib/getopt.h

@@ -1,28 +1,27 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
-
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _GETOPT_H
-#define _GETOPT_H 1
+
+#ifndef __need_getopt
+# define _GETOPT_H 1
+#endif
 
 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 extern "C" {
@@ -59,6 +58,7 @@ extern int opterr;
 
 extern int optopt;
 
+#ifndef __need_getopt
 /* Describe the long-named options requested by the application.
    The LONG_OPTIONS argument to getopt_long or getopt_long_only is a vector
    of `struct option' terminated by an element containing a name which is
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ extern int optopt;
 
 struct option
 {
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
   const char *name;
-#else
+# else
   char *name;
-#endif
+# endif
   /* has_arg can't be an enum because some compilers complain about
      type mismatches in all the code that assumes it is an int.  */
   int has_arg;
@@ -96,40 +96,74 @@ struct option
 
 /* Names for the values of the `has_arg' field of `struct option'.  */
 
-#define	no_argument		0
-#define required_argument	1
-#define optional_argument	2
+# define no_argument		0
+# define required_argument	1
+# define optional_argument	2
+#endif	/* need getopt */
 
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
+
+/* Get definitions and prototypes for functions to process the
+   arguments in ARGV (ARGC of them, minus the program name) for
+   options given in OPTS.
+
+   Return the option character from OPTS just read.  Return -1 when
+   there are no more options.  For unrecognized options, or options
+   missing arguments, `optopt' is set to the option letter, and '?' is
+   returned.
+
+   The OPTS string is a list of characters which are recognized option
+   letters, optionally followed by colons, specifying that that letter
+   takes an argument, to be placed in `optarg'.
+
+   If a letter in OPTS is followed by two colons, its argument is
+   optional.  This behavior is specific to the GNU `getopt'.
+
+   The argument `--' causes premature termination of argument
+   scanning, explicitly telling `getopt' that there are no more
+   options.
+
+   If OPTS begins with `--', then non-option arguments are treated as
+   arguments to the option '\0'.  This behavior is specific to the GNU
+   `getopt'.  */
+
+#if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
+# ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
 /* Many other libraries have conflicting prototypes for getopt, with
    differences in the consts, in stdlib.h.  To avoid compilation
    errors, only prototype getopt for the GNU C library.  */
-extern int getopt (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts);
-#else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+extern int getopt (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts);
+# else /* not __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
 extern int getopt ();
-#endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
-extern int getopt_long (int argc, char *const *argv, const char *shortopts,
-		        const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
-extern int getopt_long_only (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind);
+# endif /* __GNU_LIBRARY__ */
+
+# ifndef __need_getopt
+extern int getopt_long (int __argc, char *const *__argv, const char *__shortopts,
+		        const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
+extern int getopt_long_only (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind);
 
 /* Internal only.  Users should not call this directly.  */
-extern int _getopt_internal (int argc, char *const *argv,
-			     const char *shortopts,
-		             const struct option *longopts, int *longind,
-			     int long_only);
+extern int _getopt_internal (int __argc, char *const *__argv,
+			     const char *__shortopts,
+		             const struct option *__longopts, int *__longind,
+			     int __long_only);
+# endif
 #else /* not __STDC__ */
 extern int getopt ();
+# ifndef __need_getopt
 extern int getopt_long ();
 extern int getopt_long_only ();
 
 extern int _getopt_internal ();
+# endif
 #endif /* __STDC__ */
 
 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 }
 #endif
 
-#endif /* _GETOPT_H */
+/* Make sure we later can get all the definitions and declarations.  */
+#undef __need_getopt
+
+#endif /* getopt.h */

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -1,25 +1,22 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
-   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98
+     Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
 
-   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
-
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
@@ -27,7 +24,7 @@ USA.  */
 
 #include "getopt.h"
 
-#if !defined (__STDC__) || !__STDC__
+#if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
 #ifndef const
@@ -46,7 +43,7 @@ USA.  */
    it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
 
 #define GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION 2
-#if !defined (_LIBC) && defined (__GLIBC__) && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+#if !defined _LIBC && defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
 #include <gnu-versions.h>
 #if _GNU_GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION == GETOPT_INTERFACE_VERSION
 #define ELIDE_CODE

lib/getpagesize.h

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* Emulate getpagesize on systems that lack it.  */
+
+#ifndef HAVE_GETPAGESIZE
+
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#if !defined getpagesize && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+# if !(defined VMS && __VMS_VER < 70000000)
+#  define getpagesize() sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !defined getpagesize && defined VMS
+# ifdef __ALPHA
+#  define getpagesize() 8192
+# else
+#  define getpagesize() 512
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* This is for BeOS.  */
+#if !defined getpagesize && HAVE_OS_H
+# include <OS.h>
+# if defined B_PAGE_SIZE
+#  define getpagesize() B_PAGE_SIZE
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef getpagesize
+# include <sys/param.h>
+# ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE
+#  define getpagesize() EXEC_PAGESIZE
+# else
+#  ifdef NBPG
+#   ifndef CLSIZE
+#    define CLSIZE 1
+#   endif
+#   define getpagesize() (NBPG * CLSIZE)
+#  else
+#   ifdef NBPC
+#    define getpagesize() NBPC
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#endif /* not HAVE_GETPAGESIZE */

lib/getpass.c

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/* Copyright (C) 1992,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <termios.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "getline.h"
+
+/* It is desirable to use this bit on systems that have it.
+   The only bit of terminal state we want to twiddle is echoing, which is
+   done in software; there is no need to change the state of the terminal
+   hardware.  */
+
+#ifndef TCSASOFT
+# define TCSASOFT 0
+#endif
+
+char *
+getpass (const char *prompt)
+{
+  FILE *in, *out;
+  struct termios s, t;
+  int tty_changed;
+  static char *buf;
+  static size_t bufsize;
+  ssize_t nread;
+
+  /* Try to write to and read from the terminal if we can.
+     If we can't open the terminal, use stderr and stdin.  */
+
+  in = fopen ("/dev/tty", "w+");
+  if (in == NULL)
+    {
+      in = stdin;
+      out = stderr;
+    }
+  else
+    out = in;
+
+  /* Turn echoing off if it is on now.  */
+
+  if (tcgetattr (fileno (in), &t) == 0)
+    {
+      /* Save the old one. */
+      s = t;
+      /* Tricky, tricky. */
+      t.c_lflag &= ~(ECHO|ISIG);
+      tty_changed = (tcsetattr (fileno (in), TCSAFLUSH|TCSASOFT, &t) == 0);
+    }
+  else
+    tty_changed = 0;
+
+  /* Write the prompt.  */
+  fputs (prompt, out);
+  fflush (out);
+
+  /* Read the password.  */
+  nread = getline (&buf, &bufsize, in);
+  if (buf != NULL)
+    {
+      if (nread < 0)
+	buf[0] = '\0';
+      else if (buf[nread - 1] == '\n')
+	{
+	  /* Remove the newline.  */
+	  buf[nread - 1] = '\0';
+	  if (tty_changed)
+	    /* Write the newline that was not echoed.  */
+	    putc ('\n', out);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Restore the original setting.  */
+  if (tty_changed)
+    (void) tcsetattr (fileno (in), TCSAFLUSH|TCSASOFT, &s);
+
+  if (in != stdin)
+    /* We opened the terminal; now close it.  */
+    fclose (in);
+
+  return buf;
+}

lib/getstr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* getstr.c -- core function for GNU C library getline replacement function
+
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1996-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
+   WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
+
+/* Written by Jan Brittenson, bson@gnu.ai.mit.edu.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+char *malloc (), *realloc ();
+#endif
+
+/* Always add at least this many bytes when extending the buffer.  */
+#define MIN_CHUNK 64
+
+/* Read up to (and including) a delimiter DELIM1 from STREAM into *LINEPTR
+   + OFFSET (and NUL-terminate it).  If DELIM2 is non-zero, then read up
+   and including the first occurrence of DELIM1 or DELIM2.  *LINEPTR is
+   a pointer returned from malloc (or NULL), pointing to *N characters of
+   space.  It is realloc'd as necessary.  Return the number of characters
+   read (not including the NUL terminator), or -1 on error or EOF.  */
+
+int
+getstr (char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream, int delim1, int delim2,
+	size_t offset)
+{
+  int nchars_avail;		/* Allocated but unused chars in *LINEPTR.  */
+  char *read_pos;		/* Where we're reading into *LINEPTR. */
+  int ret;
+
+  if (!lineptr || !n || !stream)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (!*lineptr)
+    {
+      *n = MIN_CHUNK;
+      *lineptr = malloc (*n);
+      if (!*lineptr)
+	return -1;
+    }
+
+  nchars_avail = *n - offset;
+  read_pos = *lineptr + offset;
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      register int c = getc (stream);
+
+      /* We always want at least one char left in the buffer, since we
+	 always (unless we get an error while reading the first char)
+	 NUL-terminate the line buffer.  */
+
+      assert(*n - nchars_avail == read_pos - *lineptr);
+      if (nchars_avail < 2)
+	{
+	  if (*n > MIN_CHUNK)
+	    *n *= 2;
+	  else
+	    *n += MIN_CHUNK;
+
+	  nchars_avail = *n + *lineptr - read_pos;
+	  *lineptr = realloc (*lineptr, *n);
+	  if (!*lineptr)
+	    return -1;
+	  read_pos = *n - nchars_avail + *lineptr;
+	  assert(*n - nchars_avail == read_pos - *lineptr);
+	}
+
+      if (c == EOF || ferror (stream))
+	{
+	  /* Return partial line, if any.  */
+	  if (read_pos == *lineptr)
+	    return -1;
+	  else
+	    break;
+	}
+
+      *read_pos++ = c;
+      nchars_avail--;
+
+      if (c == delim1 || (delim2 && c == delim2))
+	/* Return the line.  */
+	break;
+    }
+
+  /* Done - NUL terminate and return the number of chars read.  */
+  *read_pos = '\0';
+
+  ret = read_pos - (*lineptr + offset);
+  return ret;
+}

lib/getstr.h

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#ifndef GETSTR_H_
+# define GETSTR_H_ 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+int
+getstr PARAMS ((char **lineptr, size_t *n, FILE *stream,
+		int delim1, int delim2,
+		size_t offset));
+
+#endif

lib/getugroups.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getugroups.c -- return a list of the groups a user is in
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991 Free Software Foundation.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -41,35 +41,61 @@ struct group *getgrent ();
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-/* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for
-   the current process. */
+#define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0))
+
+/* Like `getgroups', but for user USERNAME instead of for the current
+   process.  Store at most MAXCOUNT group IDs in the GROUPLIST array.
+   If GID is not -1, store it first (if possible).  GID should be the
+   group ID (pw_gid) obtained from getpwuid, in case USERNAME is not
+   listed in /etc/groups.
+   Always return the number of groups of which USERNAME is a member.  */
 
 int
-getugroups (maxcount, grouplist, username)
-     int maxcount;
-     GETGROUPS_T *grouplist;
-     char *username;
+getugroups (int maxcount, GETGROUPS_T *grouplist, char *username, gid_t gid)
 {
   struct group *grp;
   register char **cp;
   register int count = 0;
 
+  if (gid != (gid_t) -1)
+    {
+      if (maxcount != 0)
+	grouplist[count] = gid;
+      ++count;
+    }
+
   setgrent ();
   while ((grp = getgrent ()) != 0)
-    for (cp = grp->gr_mem; *cp; ++cp)
-      if (!strcmp (username, *cp))
+    {
+      for (cp = grp->gr_mem; *cp; ++cp)
 	{
-	  if (maxcount != 0)
+	  int n;
+
+	  if ( ! STREQ (username, *cp))
+	    continue;
+
+	  /* See if this group number is already on the list.  */
+	  for (n = 0; n < count; ++n)
+	    if (grouplist && grouplist[n] == grp->gr_gid)
+	      break;
+
+	  /* If it's a new group number, then try to add it to the list.  */
+	  if (n == count)
 	    {
-	      if (count >= maxcount)
+	      if (maxcount != 0)
 		{
-		  endgrent ();
-		  return count;
+		  if (count >= maxcount)
+		    {
+		      endgrent ();
+		      return count;
+		    }
+		  grouplist[count] = grp->gr_gid;
 		}
-	      grouplist[count] = grp->gr_gid;
+	      count++;
 	    }
-	  count++;
 	}
+    }
   endgrent ();
+
   return count;
 }

lib/getusershell.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getusershell.c -- Return names of valid user shells.
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
+#include "xalloc.h"
 
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
 # define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
@@ -37,15 +38,6 @@
 
 #define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
 
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-char *realloc ();
-#endif
-
-char *xstrdup ();
-
 static int readname ();
 
 /* List of shells to use if the shells file is missing. */
@@ -108,10 +100,8 @@ void
 setusershell ()
 {
   default_index = 0;
-  if (shellstream == NULL)
-    shellstream = fopen (SHELLS_FILE, "r");
-  else
-    fseek (shellstream, 0L, 0);
+  if (shellstream)
+    rewind (shellstream);
 }
 
 /* Close the shells file. */
@@ -126,39 +116,6 @@ endusershell ()
     }
 }
 
-/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
-
-static char *
-xmalloc (n)
-     unsigned n;
-{
-  char *p;
-
-  p = malloc (n);
-  if (p == 0)
-    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "virtual memory exhausted\n");
-      exit (1);
-    }
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Reallocate space P to size N, with error checking.  */
-
-static char *
-xrealloc (p, n)
-     char *p;
-     unsigned n;
-{
-  p = realloc (p, n);
-  if (p == 0)
-    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "virtual memory exhausted\n");
-      exit (1);
-    }
-  return p;
-}
-
 /* Read a line from STREAM, removing any newline at the end.
    Place the result in *NAME, which is malloc'd
    and/or realloc'd as necessary and can start out NULL,

lib/getversion.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* getversion.c -- select backup filename type
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -46,8 +46,7 @@ static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
    Unique abbreviations are accepted. */
 
 enum backup_type
-get_version (version)
-     char *version;
+get_version (const char *version)
 {
   int i;
 

lib/group-member.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* group-member.c -- determine whether group id is in calling user's group list
-   Copyright (C) 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1994, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ struct group_info
     GETGROUPS_T *group;
   };
 
-#ifdef HAVE_GETGROUPS
+#if HAVE_GETGROUPS
 
 static void
 free_group_info (struct group_info *g)

lib/hard-locale.c

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* hard-locale.c -- Determine whether a locale is hard.
+   Copyright 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+# ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
+#  include <alloca.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef _AIX
+ #  pragma alloca
+#  else
+#   ifdef _WIN32
+#    include <malloc.h>
+#    include <io.h>
+#   else
+#    ifndef alloca
+char *alloca ();
+#    endif
+#   endif
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Return nonzero if the current CATEGORY locale is hard, i.e. if you
+   can't get away with assuming traditional C or POSIX behavior.  */
+int
+hard_locale (int category)
+{
+#if ! (defined ENABLE_NLS && HAVE_SETLOCALE)
+  return 0;
+#else
+
+  int hard = 1;
+  char const *p = setlocale (category, 0);
+
+  if (p)
+    {
+# if defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
+      if (strcmp (p, "C") == 0 || strcmp (p, "POSIX") == 0)
+	hard = 0;
+# else
+      char *locale = alloca (strlen (p) + 1);
+      strcpy (locale, p);
+
+      /* Temporarily set the locale to the "C" and "POSIX" locales to
+	 find their names, so that we can determine whether one or the
+	 other is the caller's locale.  */
+      if (((p = setlocale (category, "C")) && strcmp (p, locale) == 0)
+	  || ((p = setlocale (category, "POSIX")) && strcmp (p, locale) == 0))
+	hard = 0;
+
+      /* Restore the caller's locale.  */
+      setlocale (category, locale);
+# endif
+    }
+
+  return hard;
+
+#endif
+}

lib/hard-locale.h

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+#ifndef HARD_LOCALE_H_
+# define HARD_LOCALE_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+int hard_locale PARAMS ((int));
+
+#endif /* HARD_LOCALE_H_ */

lib/hash.h

@@ -1,193 +1,120 @@
-#ifndef HASH_H
-# define HASH_H 1
+/* hash - hashing table processing.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@ascend.com>, 1998.
 
-# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* A generic hash table package.  */
+
+/* Make sure USE_OBSTACK is defined to 1 if you want the allocator to use
+   obstacks instead of malloc, and recompile `hash.c' with same setting.  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if PROTOTYPES || __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
 # endif
+#endif
 
-# include <stdio.h>
-# include <assert.h>
+typedef unsigned (*Hash_hasher) PARAMS ((const void *, unsigned));
+typedef bool (*Hash_comparator) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
+typedef void (*Hash_data_freer) PARAMS ((void *));
+typedef bool (*Hash_processor) PARAMS ((void *, void *));
 
-# ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#  include <stdlib.h>
-# endif
-
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_FREE
-void free ();
-# endif
-
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
-char *malloc ();
-# endif
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# define USE_OBSTACK
-# ifdef USE_OBSTACK
-#  include "obstack.h"
-# endif
-
-# define obstack_chunk_alloc malloc
-# define obstack_chunk_free free
-
-struct hash_ent
+struct hash_entry
   {
-    void *key;
-    struct hash_ent *next;
-  };
-typedef struct hash_ent HASH_ENT;
-
-/* This is particularly useful to cast uses in hash_initialize of the
-   system free function.  */
-typedef void (*Hash_key_freer_type) PARAMS((void *key));
-
-struct HT
-  {
-    /* User-supplied function for freeing keys.  It is specified in
-       hash_initialize.  If non-null, it is used by hash_free and
-       hash_clear.  You should specify `free' here only if you want
-       these functions to free all of your `key' data.  This is typically
-       the case when your key is simply an auxilliary struct that you
-       have malloc'd to aggregate several values.   */
-    Hash_key_freer_type hash_key_freer;
-
-    /* User-supplied hash function that hashes entry E to an integer
-       in the range 0..TABLE_SIZE-1.  */
-    unsigned int (*hash_hash) PARAMS((const void *e, unsigned int table_size));
-
-    /* User-supplied function that determines whether a new entry is
-       unique by comparing the new entry to entries that hashed to the
-       same bucket index.  It should return zero for a pair of entries
-       that compare equal, non-zero otherwise.  */
-
-    int (*hash_key_comparator) PARAMS((const void *, const void *));
-
-    HASH_ENT **hash_table;
-    unsigned int hash_table_size;
-    unsigned int hash_n_slots_used;
-    unsigned int hash_max_chain_length;
-
-    /* Gets set when an entry is deleted from a chain of length
-       hash_max_chain_length.  Indicates that hash_max_chain_length
-       may no longer be valid.  */
-    unsigned int hash_dirty_max_chain_length;
-
-    /* Sum of lengths of all chains (not counting any dummy
-       header entries).  */
-    unsigned int hash_n_keys;
-
-    /* A linked list of freed HASH_ENT structs.
-       FIXME: Perhaps this is unnecessary and we should simply free
-       and reallocate such structs.  */
-    HASH_ENT *hash_free_entry_list;
-
-    /* FIXME: comment.  */
-# ifdef USE_OBSTACK
-    struct obstack ht_obstack;
-# endif
+    void *data;
+    struct hash_entry *next;
   };
 
-typedef struct HT HT;
+struct hash_tuning
+  {
+    /* This structure is mainly used for `hash_initialize', see the block
+       documentation of `hash_reset_tuning' for more complete comments.  */
 
-unsigned int
-  hash_get_n_slots_used PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+    float shrink_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a shrink */
+    float shrink_factor;	/* ratio of new smaller size to original size */
+    float growth_threshold;	/* ratio of used buckets to trigger a growth */
+    float growth_factor;	/* ratio of new bigger size to original size */
+    bool is_n_buckets;		/* if CANDIDATE really means table size */
+  };
 
-unsigned int
-  hash_get_max_chain_length PARAMS((HT *ht));
+typedef struct hash_tuning Hash_tuning;
 
-int
-  hash_rehash PARAMS((HT *ht, unsigned int new_table_size));
+struct hash_table
+  {
+    /* The array of buckets starts at BUCKET and extends to BUCKET_LIMIT-1,
+       for a possibility of N_BUCKETS.  Among those, N_BUCKETS_USED buckets
+       are not empty, there are N_ENTRIES active entries in the table.  */
+    struct hash_entry *bucket;
+    struct hash_entry *bucket_limit;
+    unsigned n_buckets;
+    unsigned n_buckets_used;
+    unsigned n_entries;
 
-unsigned int
-  hash_get_table_size PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+    /* Tuning arguments, kept in a physicaly separate structure.  */
+    const Hash_tuning *tuning;
 
-HT *
-  hash_initialize PARAMS((unsigned int table_size,
-			  void (*key_freer) PARAMS((void *key)),
-			  unsigned int (*hash) PARAMS((const void *,
-						       unsigned int)),
-			  int (*equality_tester) PARAMS((const void *,
-							 const void *))));
+    /* Three functions are given to `hash_initialize', see the documentation
+       block for this function.  In a word, HASHER randomizes a user entry
+       into a number up from 0 up to some maximum minus 1; COMPARATOR returns
+       true if two user entries compare equally; and DATA_FREER is the cleanup
+       function for a user entry.  */
+    Hash_hasher hasher;
+    Hash_comparator comparator;
+    Hash_data_freer data_freer;
 
-unsigned int
-  hash_get_n_keys PARAMS((const HT *ht));
+    /* A linked list of freed struct hash_entry structs.  */
+    struct hash_entry *free_entry_list;
 
-int
-  hash_query_in_table PARAMS((const HT *ht, const void *e));
+#if USE_OBSTACK
+    /* Whenever obstacks are used, it is possible to allocate all overflowed
+       entries into a single stack, so they all can be freed in a single
+       operation.  It is not clear if the speedup is worth the trouble.  */
+    struct obstack entry_stack;
+#endif
+  };
 
-void *
-  hash_lookup PARAMS((const HT *ht, const void *e));
+typedef struct hash_table Hash_table;
 
-void *
-  hash_insert_if_absent PARAMS((HT *ht,
-				const void *e,
-				int *failed));
+/* Information and lookup.  */
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_buckets_used PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_n_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+unsigned hash_get_max_bucket_length PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+bool hash_table_ok PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+void hash_print_statistics PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, FILE *));
+void *hash_lookup PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
 
-void *
-  hash_delete_if_present PARAMS((HT *ht, const void *e));
+/* Walking.  */
+void *hash_get_first PARAMS ((const Hash_table *));
+void *hash_get_next PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, const void *));
+unsigned hash_get_entries PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, void **, unsigned));
+unsigned hash_do_for_each PARAMS ((const Hash_table *, Hash_processor, void *));
 
-void
-  hash_print_statistics PARAMS((const HT *ht, FILE *stream));
+/* Allocation and clean-up.  */
+unsigned hash_string PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned));
+void hash_reset_tuning PARAMS ((Hash_tuning *));
+Hash_table *hash_initialize PARAMS ((unsigned, const Hash_tuning *,
+				     Hash_hasher, Hash_comparator,
+				     Hash_data_freer));
+void hash_clear PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
+void hash_free PARAMS ((Hash_table *));
 
-int
-  hash_get_statistics PARAMS((const HT *ht, unsigned int *n_slots_used,
-			      unsigned int *n_keys,
-			      unsigned int *max_chain_length));
-
-int
-  hash_table_ok PARAMS((HT *ht));
-
-void
-  hash_do_for_each PARAMS((HT *ht,
-			   void (*f) PARAMS((void *e, void *aux)),
-			   void *aux));
-
-int
-  hash_do_for_each_2 PARAMS((HT *ht,
-			     int (*f) PARAMS((void *e, void *aux)),
-			     void *aux));
-
-int
-  hash_do_for_each_in_selected_bucket PARAMS((HT *ht,
-					      const void *key,
-				      int (*f) PARAMS((const void *bucket_key,
-						       void *e,
-						       void *aux)),
-					      void *aux));
-
-void
-  hash_clear PARAMS((HT *ht));
-
-void
-  hash_free PARAMS((HT *ht));
-
-void
-  hash_get_key_list PARAMS((const HT *ht,
-			    unsigned int bufsize,
-			    void **buf));
-
-void *
-  hash_get_first PARAMS((const HT *ht));
-
-void *
-  hash_get_next PARAMS((const HT *ht, const void *e));
-
-/* This interface to hash_insert_if_absent is used frequently enough to
-   merit a macro here.  */
-
-# define HASH_INSERT_NEW_ITEM(Ht, Item, Failp)				\
-  do									\
-    {									\
-      void *_already;							\
-      _already = hash_insert_if_absent ((Ht), (Item), Failp);		\
-      assert (_already == NULL);					\
-    }									\
-  while (0)
-
-#endif /* HASH_H */
+/* Insertion and deletion.  */
+bool hash_rehash PARAMS ((Hash_table *, unsigned));
+void *hash_insert PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));
+void *hash_delete PARAMS ((Hash_table *, const void *));

lib/human.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* human.c -- print human readable file size
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,12 +16,11 @@
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Originally contributed by lm@sgi.com;
-   --si and large file support added by eggert@twinsun.com.  */
+   --si, output block size selection, and large file support
+   added by eggert@twinsun.com.  */
 
-#include <config.h>
-
-#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-# include <inttypes.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
@@ -31,9 +30,36 @@
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
 #ifndef CHAR_BIT
 # define CHAR_BIT 8
 #endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
+char *getenv ();
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
+
+#include <argmatch.h>
+#include <error.h>
+#include <xstrtol.h>
 
 #include "human.h"
 
@@ -50,28 +76,64 @@ static const char suffixes[] =
   'Y'	/* Yotta */
 };
 
+/* If INEXACT_STYLE is not human_round_to_even, and if easily
+   possible, adjust VALUE according to the style.  */
+static double
+adjust_value (enum human_inexact_style inexact_style, double value)
+{
+  /* Do not use the floor or ceil functions, as that would mean
+     linking with the standard math library, which is a porting pain.
+     So leave the value alone if it is too large to easily round.  */
+  if (inexact_style != human_round_to_even && value < (uintmax_t) -1)
+    {
+      uintmax_t u = value;
+      value = u + (inexact_style == human_ceiling && u != value);
+    }
+
+  return value;
+}
+
+/* Like human_readable_inexact, except always round to even.  */
+char *
+human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
+		int from_block_size, int output_block_size)
+{
+  return human_readable_inexact (n, buf, from_block_size, output_block_size,
+				 human_round_to_even);
+}
+
 /* Convert N to a human readable format in BUF.
 
-   N is expressed in units of FROM_UNITS; use units of TO_UNITS in the
-   output number.  FROM_UNITS and TO_UNITS must be positive, and one must
-   be a multiple of the other.
+   N is expressed in units of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE.  FROM_BLOCK_SIZE must
+   be nonnegative.
 
-   If BASE is nonzero, use a format like "127k" if possible,
-   using powers of BASE; otherwise, use ordinary decimal format.
-   Normally BASE is either 1000 or 1024; it must be at least 2.
-   Most people visually process strings of 3-4 digits effectively,
-   but longer strings of digits are more prone to misinterpretation.
-   Hence, converting to an abbreviated form usually improves readability.
-   Use a suffix indicating which power is being used.
-   For example, assuming BASE is 1024, 8500 would be converted to 8.3k,
+   OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE must be nonzero.  If it is positive, use units of
+   OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE in the output number.
+
+   Use INEXACT_STYLE to determine whether to take the ceiling or floor
+   of any result that cannot be expressed exactly.
+
+   If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is negative, use a format like "127k" if
+   possible, using powers of -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE; otherwise, use
+   ordinary decimal format.  Normally -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is either
+   1000 or 1024; it must be at least 2.  Most people visually process
+   strings of 3-4 digits effectively, but longer strings of digits are
+   more prone to misinterpretation.  Hence, converting to an
+   abbreviated form usually improves readability.  Use a suffix
+   indicating which power is being used.  For example, assuming
+   -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is 1024, 8500 would be converted to 8.3k,
    133456345 to 127M, 56990456345 to 53G, and so on.  Numbers smaller
-   than BASE aren't modified.  */
+   than -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE aren't modified.  */
 
 char *
-human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
+human_readable_inexact (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
+			int from_block_size, int output_block_size,
+			enum human_inexact_style inexact_style)
 {
   uintmax_t amt;
-  int tenths;
+  int base;
+  int to_block_size;
+  int tenths = 0;
   int power;
   char *p;
 
@@ -79,7 +141,18 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
      1 means AMT.TENTHS < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
      2 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
      3 means AMT.TENTHS + 0.05 < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.1.  */
-  int rounding;
+  int rounding = 0;
+
+  if (output_block_size < 0)
+    {
+      base = -output_block_size;
+      to_block_size = 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      base = 0;
+      to_block_size = output_block_size;
+    }
 
   p = buf + LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE;
   *p = '\0';
@@ -89,58 +162,60 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
   power = 0;
 #endif
 
-  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_UNITS units and into TO_UNITS units.  */
+  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE units and into TO_BLOCK_SIZE units.  */
 
-  if (to_units <= from_units)
-    {
-      int multiplier = from_units / to_units;
-      amt = n * multiplier;
-      tenths = rounding = 0;
+  {
+    int multiplier;
+    int divisor;
+    int r2;
+    int r10;
+    if (to_block_size <= from_block_size
+	? (from_block_size % to_block_size != 0
+	   || (multiplier = from_block_size / to_block_size,
+	       (amt = n * multiplier) / multiplier != n))
+	: (from_block_size == 0
+	   || to_block_size % from_block_size != 0
+	   || (divisor = to_block_size / from_block_size,
+	       r10 = (n % divisor) * 10,
+	       r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2,
+	       amt = n / divisor,
+	       tenths = r10 / divisor,
+	       rounding = r2 < divisor ? 0 < r2 : 2 + (divisor < r2),
+	       0)))
+      {
+	/* Either the result cannot be computed easily using uintmax_t,
+	   or from_block_size is zero.  Fall back on floating point.
+	   FIXME: This can yield answers that are slightly off.  */
 
-      if (amt / multiplier != n)
-	{
-	  /* Overflow occurred during multiplication.  We should use
-	     multiple precision arithmetic here, but we'll be lazy and
-	     resort to floating point.  This can yield answers that
-	     are slightly off.  In practice it is quite rare to
-	     overflow uintmax_t, so this is good enough for now.  */
+	double damt = n * (from_block_size / (double) to_block_size);
 
-	  double damt = n * (double) multiplier;
+	if (! base)
+	  sprintf (buf, "%.0f", adjust_value (inexact_style, damt));
+	else
+	  {
+	    double e = 1;
+	    power = 0;
 
-	  if (! base)
-	    sprintf (buf, "%.0f", damt);
-	  else
-	    {
-	      double e = 1;
-	      power = 0;
+	    do
+	      {
+		e *= base;
+		power++;
+	      }
+	    while (e * base <= damt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
 
-	      do
-		{
-		  e *= base;
-		  power++;
-		}
-	      while (e * base <= amt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
+	    damt /= e;
 
-	      damt /= e;
-
-	      sprintf (buf, "%.1f%c", damt, suffixes[power]);
-	      if (4 < strlen (buf))
-		sprintf (buf, "%.0f%c", damt, suffixes[power]);
-	    }
-
-	  return buf;
-	}
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      int divisor = to_units / from_units;
-      int r10 = (n % divisor) * 10;
-      int r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2;
-      amt = n / divisor;
-      tenths = r10 / divisor;
-      rounding = r2 < divisor ? 0 < r2 : 2 + (divisor < r2);
-    }
+	    sprintf (buf, "%.1f%c", adjust_value (inexact_style, damt),
+		     suffixes[power]);
+	    if (4 < strlen (buf))
+	      sprintf (buf, "%.0f%c",
+		       adjust_value (inexact_style, damt * 10) / 10,
+		       suffixes[power]);
+	  }
 
+	return buf;
+      }
+  }
 
   /* Use power of BASE notation if adjusted AMT is large enough.  */
 
@@ -165,24 +240,33 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
 
       if (amt < 10)
 	{
-	  tenths += 2 < rounding + (tenths & 1);
-
-	  if (tenths == 10)
+	  if (2 * (1 - (int) inexact_style)
+	      < rounding + (tenths & (inexact_style == human_round_to_even)))
 	    {
-	      amt++;
-	      tenths = 0;
+	      tenths++;
+	      rounding = 0;
+
+	      if (tenths == 10)
+		{
+		  amt++;
+		  tenths = 0;
+		}
 	    }
 
 	  if (amt < 10)
 	    {
 	      *--p = '0' + tenths;
 	      *--p = '.';
-	      tenths = 0;
+	      tenths = rounding = 0;
 	    }
 	}
     }
 
-  if (5 < tenths + (2 < rounding + (amt & 1)))
+  if (inexact_style == human_ceiling
+      ? 0 < tenths + rounding
+      : inexact_style == human_round_to_even
+      ? 5 < tenths + (2 < rounding + (amt & 1))
+      : /* inexact_style == human_floor */ 0)
     {
       amt++;
 
@@ -201,3 +285,58 @@ human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf, int from_units, int to_units, int base)
 
   return p;
 }
+
+
+/* The default block size used for output.  This number may change in
+   the future as disks get larger.  */
+#ifndef DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE
+# define DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE 1024
+#endif
+
+static char const *const block_size_args[] = { "human-readable", "si", 0 };
+static int const block_size_types[] = { -1024, -1000 };
+
+static int
+default_block_size (void)
+{
+  return getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE;
+}
+
+static strtol_error
+humblock (char const *spec, int *block_size)
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (! spec && ! (spec = getenv ("BLOCK_SIZE")))
+    *block_size = default_block_size ();
+  else if (0 <= (i = ARGMATCH (spec, block_size_args, block_size_types)))
+    *block_size = block_size_types[i];
+  else
+    {
+      char *ptr;
+      unsigned long val;
+      strtol_error e = xstrtoul (spec, &ptr, 0, &val, "eEgGkKmMpPtTyYzZ0");
+      if (e != LONGINT_OK)
+	return e;
+      if (*ptr)
+	return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
+      if ((int) val < 0 || val != (int) val)
+	return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
+      *block_size = (int) val;
+    }
+
+  return LONGINT_OK;
+}
+
+void
+human_block_size (char const *spec, int report_errors, int *block_size)
+{
+  strtol_error e = humblock (spec, block_size);
+  if (*block_size == 0)
+    {
+      *block_size = default_block_size ();
+      e = LONGINT_INVALID;
+    }
+  if (e != LONGINT_OK && report_errors)
+    STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (spec, _("block size"), e);
+}

lib/human.h

@@ -1,6 +1,14 @@
 #ifndef HUMAN_H_
 # define HUMAN_H_ 1
 
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
+#  include <inttypes.h>
+# endif
+
 /* A conservative bound on the maximum length of a human-readable string.
    The output can be the product of the largest uintmax_t and the largest int,
    so add their sizes before converting to a bound on digits.  */
@@ -15,6 +23,17 @@
 #  endif
 # endif
 
-char *human_readable PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int, int));
+enum human_inexact_style
+{
+  human_floor = -1,
+  human_round_to_even = 0,
+  human_ceiling = 1
+};
+
+char *human_readable PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int));
+char *human_readable_inexact PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int,
+				      enum human_inexact_style));
+
+void human_block_size PARAMS ((char const *, int, int *));
 
 #endif /* HUMAN_H_ */

lib/idcache.c

@@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
 /* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>
 
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
@@ -44,6 +45,10 @@ struct group *getgrnam ();
 char *xmalloc ();
 char *xstrdup ();
 
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+static char digits[] = "0123456789";
+#endif
+
 struct userid
 {
   union
@@ -55,23 +60,15 @@ struct userid
   struct userid *next;
 };
 
-/* The members of this list have already been looked up.
-   If a name is NULL, the corresponding id is not in the password file.  */
 static struct userid *user_alist;
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED
-/* The members of this list are names not in the local passwd file;
-   their names are always not NULL, and their ids are irrelevant.  */
+/* The members of this list have names not in the local passwd file.  */
 static struct userid *nouser_alist;
-#endif /* NOT_USED */
 
-/* Translate UID to a login name, with cache.
-   If UID cannot be resolved, return NULL.
-   Cache lookup failures, too.  */
+/* Translate UID to a login name, with cache, or NULL if unresolved.  */
 
 char *
-getuser (uid)
-     uid_t uid;
+getuser (uid_t uid)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct passwd *pwent;
@@ -83,31 +80,28 @@ getuser (uid)
   pwent = getpwuid (uid);
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->id.u = uid;
-  tail->name = (pwent ? xstrdup (pwent->pw_name) : NULL);
+  tail->name = pwent ? xstrdup (pwent->pw_name) : NULL;
 
-  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently added is first.  */
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
   tail->next = user_alist;
   user_alist = tail;
   return tail->name;
 }
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED
-
 /* Translate USER to a UID, with cache.
    Return NULL if there is no such user.
    (We also cache which user names have no passwd entry,
    so we don't keep looking them up.)  */
 
 uid_t *
-getuidbyname (user)
-     const char *user;
+getuidbyname (const char *user)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct passwd *pwent;
 
   for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
     /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
-    if (tail->name && *tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
+    if (*tail->name == *user && !strcmp (tail->name, user))
       return &tail->id.u;
 
   for (tail = nouser_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
@@ -116,11 +110,20 @@ getuidbyname (user)
       return 0;
 
   pwent = getpwnam (user);
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  /* We need to pretend to be the user USER, to make
+     pwd functions know about an arbitrary user name.  */
+  if (!pwent && strspn (user, digits) < strlen (user))
+    {
+      setenv ("USER", user, 1);
+      pwent = getpwnam (user);	/* now it will succeed */
+    }
+#endif
 
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->name = xstrdup (user);
 
-  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently added is first.  */
+  /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
   if (pwent)
     {
       tail->id.u = pwent->pw_uid;
@@ -134,20 +137,14 @@ getuidbyname (user)
   return 0;
 }
 
-#endif /* NOT_USED */
-
 /* Use the same struct as for userids.  */
 static struct userid *group_alist;
-#ifdef NOT_USED
 static struct userid *nogroup_alist;
-#endif
 
-/* Translate GID to a group name, with cache.
-   Return NULL if the group has no name.  */
+/* Translate GID to a group name, with cache, or NULL if unresolved.  */
 
 char *
-getgroup (gid)
-     gid_t gid;
+getgroup (gid_t gid)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct group *grent;
@@ -159,7 +156,7 @@ getgroup (gid)
   grent = getgrgid (gid);
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->id.g = gid;
-  tail->name = (grent ? xstrdup (grent->gr_name) : NULL);
+  tail->name = grent ? xstrdup (grent->gr_name) : NULL;
 
   /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
   tail->next = group_alist;
@@ -167,23 +164,20 @@ getgroup (gid)
   return tail->name;
 }
 
-#ifdef NOT_USED
-
 /* Translate GROUP to a GID, with cache.
    Return NULL if there is no such group.
    (We also cache which group names have no group entry,
    so we don't keep looking them up.)  */
 
 gid_t *
-getgidbyname (group)
-     const char *group;
+getgidbyname (const char *group)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct group *grent;
 
   for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
     /* Avoid a function call for the most common case.  */
-    if (tail->name && *tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
+    if (*tail->name == *group && !strcmp (tail->name, group))
       return &tail->id.g;
 
   for (tail = nogroup_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
@@ -192,6 +186,15 @@ getgidbyname (group)
       return 0;
 
   grent = getgrnam (group);
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+  /* We need to pretend to belong to group GROUP, to make
+     grp functions know about any arbitrary group name.  */
+  if (!grent && strspn (group, digits) < strlen (group))
+    {
+      setenv ("GROUP", group, 1);
+      grent = getgrnam (group);	/* now it will succeed */
+    }
+#endif
 
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->name = xstrdup (group);
@@ -209,5 +212,3 @@ getgidbyname (group)
   nogroup_alist = tail;
   return 0;
 }
-
-#endif /* NOT_USED */

lib/interlock

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-
-# interlock - wrap program invocation in lock to allow
-#             parallel builds to work.
-# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>, Aug 10 1996
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# Usage:
-#   interlock lock-dir-name program args-to-program...
-
-dirname="$1"
-program="$2"
-
-shift
-shift
-
-while (mkdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1 && exit 1 || exit 0); do
-   # Wait a bit.
-   sleep 1
-done
-
-# Race condition here: if interrupted after the loop but before this
-# trap, the lock can be left around.
-trap "rmdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1" 1 2 3 15
-
-# We have the lock, so run the program.
-$program ${1+"$@"}
-ret=$?
-
-# Release the lock.
-rmdir $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1
-
-exit $ret

lib/isdir.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* isdir.c -- determine whether a directory exists
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,27 +15,26 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 
-#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-#undef S_ISDIR
-#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
+#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISDIR
+#endif
 
-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-#define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(Mode) (((Mode) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
 /* If PATH is an existing directory or symbolic link to a directory,
    return nonzero, else 0.  */
 
 int
-isdir (path)
-     char *path;
+isdir (const char *path)
 {
   struct stat stats;
 

lib/lchown.c

@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
-/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby stat succeeds when
-   given the zero-length file name argument.  The stat from SunOS4.1.4
-   has this bug.
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Provide a stub lchown function for systems that lack it.
+   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -21,30 +19,38 @@
 
 #include <config.h>
 
-/* Disable the definition of stat to rpl_stat (from config.h) in this
-   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_stat on
-   most systems.  */
-#undef stat
-
 #include <sys/types.h>
 #include <sys/stat.h>
 #include <errno.h>
 #ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif
+#include "lchown.h"
 
-/* FIXME: describe.  */
+#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISLNK
+#endif
+#if !defined(S_ISLNK) && defined(S_IFLNK)
+# define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+#endif
+
+/* Declare chown to avoid a warning.  Don't include unistd.h,
+   because it may have a conflicting prototype for lchown.  */
+int chown ();
+
+/* Work just like chown, except when FILE is a symbolic link.
+   In that case, set errno to ENOSYS and return -1.  */
 
 int
-rpl_stat (file, sbuf)
-     const char *file;
-     struct stat *sbuf;
+lchown (const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid)
 {
-  if (file && *file == 0)
+  struct stat stats;
+
+  if (lstat (file, &stats) == 0 && S_ISLNK (stats.st_mode))
     {
-      errno = EINVAL;
+      errno = ENOSYS;
       return -1;
     }
 
-  return stat (file, sbuf);
+  return chown (file, uid, gid);
 }

lib/lchown.h

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+/* Some systems don't have ENOSYS.  */
+#ifndef ENOSYS
+# ifdef ENOTSUP
+#  define ENOSYS ENOTSUP
+# else
+/* Some systems don't have ENOTSUP either.  */
+#  define ENOSYS EINVAL
+# endif
+#endif

lib/linebuffer.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* linebuffer.c -- read arbitrarily long lines
-   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,12 +12,17 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by Richard Stallman. */
 
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
 #include "linebuffer.h"
 
 char *xmalloc ();
@@ -27,8 +32,7 @@ void free ();
 /* Initialize linebuffer LINEBUFFER for use. */
 
 void
-initbuffer (linebuffer)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
+initbuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer)
 {
   linebuffer->length = 0;
   linebuffer->size = 200;
@@ -36,55 +40,52 @@ initbuffer (linebuffer)
 }
 
 /* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
-   Remove any newline.  Does not null terminate.
+   Keep the newline; append a newline if it's the last line of a file
+   that ends in a non-newline character.  Do not null terminate.
    Return LINEBUFFER, except at end of file return 0.  */
 
 struct linebuffer *
-readline (linebuffer, stream)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
-     FILE *stream;
+readline (struct linebuffer *linebuffer, FILE *stream)
 {
   int c;
   char *buffer = linebuffer->buffer;
   char *p = linebuffer->buffer;
   char *end = buffer + linebuffer->size; /* Sentinel. */
 
-  if (feof (stream))
-    {
-      linebuffer->length = 0;
-      return 0;
-    }
+  if (feof (stream) || ferror (stream))
+    return 0;
 
-  while (1)
+  do
     {
       c = getc (stream);
+      if (c == EOF)
+	{
+	  if (p == buffer)
+	    return 0;
+	  if (p[-1] == '\n')
+	    break;
+	  c = '\n';
+	}
       if (p == end)
 	{
 	  linebuffer->size *= 2;
 	  buffer = (char *) xrealloc (buffer, linebuffer->size);
-	  p += buffer - linebuffer->buffer;
+	  p = p - linebuffer->buffer + buffer;
 	  linebuffer->buffer = buffer;
 	  end = buffer + linebuffer->size;
 	}
-      if (c == EOF || c == '\n')
-	break;
       *p++ = c;
     }
+  while (c != '\n');
 
-  if (feof (stream) && p == buffer)
-    {
-      linebuffer->length = 0;
-      return 0;
-    }
-  linebuffer->length = p - linebuffer->buffer;
+  linebuffer->length = p - buffer;
   return linebuffer;
 }
 
 /* Free linebuffer LINEBUFFER and its data, all allocated with malloc. */
 
 void
-freebuffer (linebuffer)
-     struct linebuffer *linebuffer;
+freebuffer (struct linebuffer *linebuffer)
 {
   free (linebuffer->buffer);
   free (linebuffer);

lib/linebuffer.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* linebuffer.h -- declarations for reading arbitrarily long lines
-   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1986, 1991, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,31 +14,38 @@
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
+
+#if !defined LINEBUFFER_H
+# define LINEBUFFER_H
+
 /* A `struct linebuffer' holds a line of text. */
 
 struct linebuffer
 {
-  long size;			/* Allocated. */
-  long length;			/* Used. */
+  size_t size;			/* Allocated. */
+  size_t length;		/* Used. */
   char *buffer;
 };
 
-#undef PARAMS
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#endif
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
 
 /* Initialize linebuffer LINEBUFFER for use. */
 void initbuffer PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer));
 
 /* Read an arbitrarily long line of text from STREAM into LINEBUFFER.
-   Remove any newline.  Does not null terminate.
+   Keep the newline; append a newline if it's the last line of a file
+   that ends in a non-newline character.  Do not null terminate.
    Return LINEBUFFER, except at end of file return 0.  */
 struct linebuffer *readline PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *linebuffer,
 				     FILE *stream));
 
 /* Free linebuffer LINEBUFFER and its data, all allocated with malloc. */
 void freebuffer PARAMS ((struct linebuffer *));
+
+#endif /* LINEBUFFER_H */

lib/localcharset.c

@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
+   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+   USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
+# include <stddef.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+# include <langinfo.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#  include <locale.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
+# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
+#endif
+
+/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
+   possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
+   are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
+   'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
+   and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
+   are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix.  */
+/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
+   read, else NULL.  Its format is:
+   ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0'  */
+static char * volatile charset_aliases;
+
+/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file.  */
+static const char *
+get_charset_aliases ()
+{
+  char *cp;
+
+  cp = charset_aliases;
+  if (cp == NULL)
+    {
+      FILE *fp;
+      const char *dir = LIBDIR;
+      const char *base = "charset.alias";
+      char *file_name;
+
+      /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name.  */
+      {
+	size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
+	size_t base_len = strlen (base);
+	int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
+	file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
+	if (file_name != NULL)
+	  {
+	    memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
+	    if (add_slash)
+	      file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
+	    memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
+	  }
+      }
+
+      if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
+	/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty.  */
+	cp = "";
+      else
+	{
+	  /* Parse the file's contents.  */
+	  int c;
+	  char buf1[50+1];
+	  char buf2[50+1];
+	  char *res_ptr = NULL;
+	  size_t res_size = 0;
+	  size_t l1, l2;
+
+	  for (;;)
+	    {
+	      c = getc (fp);
+	      if (c == EOF)
+		break;
+	      if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
+		continue;
+	      if (c == '#')
+		{
+		  /* Skip comment, to end of line.  */
+		  do
+		    c = getc (fp);
+		  while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
+		  if (c == EOF)
+		    break;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      ungetc (c, fp);
+	      if (fscanf(fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
+		break;
+	      l1 = strlen (buf1);
+	      l2 = strlen (buf2);
+	      if (res_size == 0)
+		{
+		  res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = malloc (res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
+		  res_ptr = realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
+		}
+	      if (res_ptr == NULL)
+		{
+		  /* Out of memory. */
+		  res_size = 0;
+		  break;
+		}
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
+	      strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
+	    }
+	  fclose (fp);
+	  if (res_size == 0)
+	    cp = "";
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
+	      cp = res_ptr;
+	    }
+	}
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
+      if (file_name != NULL)
+	free (file_name);
+    }
+
+  return cp;
+}
+
+/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
+   into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
+   The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
+   If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
+   name or NULL.  */
+
+#ifdef STATIC
+STATIC
+#endif
+const char *
+locale_charset ()
+{
+  const char *codeset;
+  const char *aliases;
+
+#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+  /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
+  codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
+
+#else
+
+  /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale and getenv.  */
+  const char *locale = NULL;
+
+# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+  locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
+# endif
+  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+    {
+      locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
+      if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	{
+	  locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
+	  if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
+	    locale = getenv ("LANG");
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
+     you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
+     through the charset.alias file.  */
+  codeset = locale;
+
+#endif
+
+  if (codeset != NULL && codeset[0] != '\0')
+    {
+      /* Resolve alias. */
+      for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
+	   *aliases != '\0';
+	   aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
+	if (!strcmp (codeset, aliases))
+	  {
+	    codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
+	    break;
+	  }
+    }
+
+  return codeset;
+}

lib/long-options.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Utility to accept --help and --version options as unobtrusively as possible.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,14 +17,25 @@
 
 /* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <getopt.h>
-#include "closeout.h"
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
 #include "long-options.h"
+#include "version-etc.h"
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
+#endif
 
 static struct option const long_options[] =
 {
@@ -37,13 +48,13 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
    Be careful not to gobble up `--'.  */
 
 void
-parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
-     int argc;
-     char **argv;
-     const char *command_name;
-     const char *package;
-     const char *version;
-     void (*usage)();
+parse_long_options (int argc,
+		    char **argv,
+		    const char *command_name,
+		    const char *package,
+		    const char *version,
+		    const char *authors,
+		    void (*usage_func)())
 {
   int c;
   int saved_opterr;
@@ -59,12 +70,10 @@ parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
       switch (c)
 	{
 	case 'h':
-	  (*usage) (0);
+	  (*usage_func) (0);
 
 	case 'v':
-	  printf ("%s (%s) %s\n", command_name, package, version);
-	  close_stdout (); /* FIXME: output failure exit status
-			      should be settable via an arg.  */
+	  version_etc (stdout, command_name, package, version, authors);
 	  exit (0);
 
 	default:

lib/long-options.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* long-options.h -- declaration for --help- and --version-handling function.
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -26,7 +26,10 @@
 #endif
 
 void
-  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc, char **_argv,
+  parse_long_options PARAMS ((int _argc,
+			      char **_argv,
 			      const char *_command_name,
 			      const char *_package,
-			      const char *_version, void (*_usage) (int)));
+			      const char *_version,
+			      const char *_authors,
+			      void (*_usage) (int)));

lib/lstat.c

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/* Work around the bug in some systems whereby lstat succeeds when
-   given the zero-length file name argument.  The lstat from SunOS4.1.4
-   has this bug.
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* written by Jim Meyering */
-
-#include <config.h>
-
-/* Disable the definition of lstat to rpl_lstat (from config.h) in this
-   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_lstat on
-   most systems.  */
-#undef lstat
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-/* FIXME: describe.  */
-
-int
-rpl_lstat (file, sbuf)
-     const char *file;
-     struct stat *sbuf;
-{
-  if (file && *file == 0)
-    {
-      errno = EINVAL;
-      return -1;
-    }
-
-  return lstat (file, sbuf);
-}

lib/makepath.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -50,6 +50,10 @@ char *alloca ();
 # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
 #endif
 
+#ifndef S_IRWXUGO
+# define S_IRWXUGO (S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
+#endif
+
 #if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
@@ -71,24 +75,48 @@ extern int errno;
 # endif
 #endif
 
+#ifndef S_ISUID
+# define S_ISUID 04000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISGID
+# define S_ISGID 02000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_ISVTX
+# define S_ISVTX 01000
+#endif
+#ifndef S_IRUSR
+# define S_IRUSR 0200
+#endif
 #ifndef S_IWUSR
 # define S_IWUSR 0200
 #endif
-
 #ifndef S_IXUSR
 # define S_IXUSR 0100
 #endif
 
+#ifndef S_IRWXU
+# define S_IRWXU (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
+#endif
+
 #define WX_USR (S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR)
 
-#ifdef __MSDOS__
-typedef int uid_t;
-typedef int gid_t;
+/* Include this before libintl.h so we get our definition of PARAMS. */
+#include "makepath.h"
+
+#if HAVE_LOCALE_H
+# include <locale.h>
+#endif
+
+#if ENABLE_NLS
+# include <libintl.h>
+# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
+#else
+# define _(Text) Text
 #endif
 
 #include "save-cwd.h"
-#include "makepath.h"
 #include "error.h"
+#include "quote.h"
 
 void strip_trailing_slashes ();
 
@@ -99,9 +127,9 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
 	 Restore working directory.  */			\
       if (do_chdir)					\
 	{						\
-	  int fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
+	  int _fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
 	  free_cwd (&cwd);				\
-	  if (fail)					\
+	  if (_fail)					\
 	    return 1;					\
 	}						\
     }							\
@@ -115,6 +143,58 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
     }							\
   while (0)
 
+/* Attempt to create directory DIR (aka DIRPATH) with the specified MODE.
+   If CREATED_DIR_P is non-NULL, set *CREATED_DIR_P to non-zero if this
+   function creates DIR and to zero otherwise.  Give a diagnostic and
+   return non-zero if DIR cannot be created or cannot be determined to
+   exist already.  Use DIRPATH in any diagnostic, not DIR.
+   Note that if DIR already exists, this function returns zero
+   (indicating success) and sets *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
+
+int
+make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
+{
+  int fail = 0;
+  int created_dir;
+
+  created_dir = (mkdir (dir, mode) == 0);
+
+  if (!created_dir)
+    {
+      struct stat stats;
+      int saved_errno = errno;
+
+      /* The mkdir and stat calls below may appear to be reversed.
+	 They are not.  It is important to call mkdir first and then to
+	 call stat (to distinguish the three cases) only if mkdir fails.
+	 The alternative to this approach is to `stat' each directory,
+	 then to call mkdir if it doesn't exist.  But if some other process
+	 were to create the directory between the stat & mkdir, the mkdir
+	 would fail with EEXIST.  */
+
+      if (stat (dir, &stats))
+	{
+	  error (0, saved_errno, _("cannot create directory %s"),
+		 quote (dirpath));
+	  fail = 1;
+	}
+      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+	{
+	  error (0, 0, _("%s exists but is not a directory"), quote (dirpath));
+	  fail = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* DIR (aka DIRPATH) already exists and is a directory. */
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (created_dir_p)
+    *created_dir_p = created_dir;
+
+  return fail;
+}
+
 /* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
    Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.
 
@@ -162,7 +242,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
       char *dirpath;
 
       /* Temporarily relax umask in case it's overly restrictive.  */
-      int oldmask = umask (0);
+      mode_t oldmask = umask (0);
 
       /* Make a copy of ARGPATH that we can scribble NULs on.  */
       dirpath = (char *) alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1);
@@ -174,9 +254,9 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	 their owners, we need to fix their permissions after making them.  */
       if (((parent_mode & WX_USR) != WX_USR)
 	  || ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
-	      && (parent_mode & 07000) != 0))
+	      && (parent_mode & (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX)) != 0))
 	{
-	  tmp_mode = 0700;
+	  tmp_mode = S_IRWXU;
 	  re_protect = 1;
 	}
       else
@@ -203,7 +283,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 
       while (1)
 	{
-	  int newly_created_dir = 1;
+	  int newly_created_dir;
+	  int fail;
 
 	  /* slash points to the leftmost unprocessed component of dirpath.  */
 	  basename_dir = slash;
@@ -218,31 +299,17 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	    basename_dir = dirpath;
 
 	  *slash = '\0';
-	  if (mkdir (basename_dir, tmp_mode))
+	  fail = make_dir (basename_dir, dirpath, tmp_mode, &newly_created_dir);
+	  if (fail)
 	    {
-	      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats))
-		{
-		  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
-		  CLEANUP;
-		  return 1;
-		}
-	      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
-		{
-		  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
-		  CLEANUP;
-		  return 1;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  /* DIRPATH already exists and is a directory. */
-		  newly_created_dir = 0;
-		}
+	      CLEANUP;
+	      return 1;
 	    }
 
 	  if (newly_created_dir)
 	    {
 	      if (verbose_fmt_string)
-		fprintf (stderr, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+		error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, quote (dirpath));
 
 	      if ((owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 		  && chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
@@ -251,7 +318,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 		  )
 		{
-		  error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+		  error (0, errno, _("cannot change owner and/or group of %s"),
+			 quote (dirpath));
 		  CLEANUP;
 		  return 1;
 		}
@@ -272,7 +340,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	     stat and mkdir process O(n^2) file name components.  */
 	  if (do_chdir && chdir (basename_dir) < 0)
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chdir to directory, %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot chdir to directory, %s"),
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      CLEANUP;
 	      return 1;
 	    }
@@ -291,12 +360,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
       /* We're done making leading directories.
 	 Create the final component of the path.  */
 
-      /* The path could end in "/." or contain "/..", so test
-	 if we really have to create the directory.  */
-
-      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats) && mkdir (basename_dir, mode))
+      if (make_dir (basename_dir, dirpath, mode, NULL))
 	{
-	  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
 	  CLEANUP;
 	  return 1;
 	}
@@ -305,9 +370,9 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
       umask (oldmask);
 
       if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
-	error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+	error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, quote (dirpath));
 
-      if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1)
+      if (owner != (uid_t) -1 || group != (gid_t) -1)
 	{
 	  if (chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
 #ifdef AFS
@@ -315,17 +380,24 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chown %s", dirpath);
-	      retval = 1;
-	    }
-	  /* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted.  */
-	  if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
-	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "cannot chmod %s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot change owner and/or group of %s"),
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
 
+      /* The above chown may have turned off some permission bits in MODE.
+	 Another reason we may have to use chmod here is that mkdir(2) is
+	 required to honor only the file permission bits.  In particular,
+	 it need not honor the `special' bits, so if MODE includes any
+	 special bits, set them here.  */
+      if ((mode & ~S_IRWXUGO)
+	  && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
+	{
+	  error (0, errno, _("cannot change permissions of %s"), quote (dirpath));
+	  retval = 1;
+	}
+
       CLEANUP_CWD;
 
       /* If the mode for leading directories didn't include owner "wx"
@@ -336,7 +408,8 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 	  *(p->dirname_end) = '\0';
 	  if (chmod (dirpath, parent_mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, "cannot change permissions of %s",
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
@@ -349,7 +422,7 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 
       if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
 	{
-	  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
+	  error (0, 0, _("%s exists but is not a directory"), quote (dirpath));
 	  return 1;
 	}
 
@@ -368,12 +441,14 @@ make_path (const char *argpath,
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot change owner and/or group of %s"),
+		     quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	  if (chmod (dirpath, mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, _("cannot change permissions of %s"),
+				 quote (dirpath));
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}

lib/makepath.h

@@ -14,3 +14,9 @@ make_path PARAMS ((const char *_argpath,
 		   gid_t _group,
 		   int _preserve_existing,
 		   const char *_verbose_fmt_string));
+
+int
+make_dir PARAMS ((const char *dir,
+		  const char *dirpath,
+		  mode_t mode,
+		  int *created_dir_p));

lib/malloc.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Work around bug on some systems where malloc (0) fails.
-   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -30,8 +30,7 @@ char *malloc ();
    If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block.  */
 
 char *
-rpl_malloc (n)
-     size_t n;
+rpl_malloc (size_t n)
 {
   if (n == 0)
     n = 1;

lib/mbswidth.c

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get MB_LEN_MAX.  */
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get MB_CUR_MAX.  */
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get isprint().  */
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* Get mbstate_t, mbrtowc(), mbsinit(), wcwidth().  */
+#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
+# include <wchar.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Get iswprint().  */
+#if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
+# include <wctype.h>
+#endif
+#if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
+# define iswprint(wc) 1
+#endif
+
+/* Some systems, like BeOS, have multibyte encodings but lack mbstate_t.  */
+#if HAVE_MBRTOWC && defined mbstate_t
+# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) (mbrtowc) (pwc, s, n, 0)
+# define mbsinit(ps) 1
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_WCWIDTH
+int wcwidth ();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef wcwidth
+# if !HAVE_WCWIDTH
+/* wcwidth doesn't exist, so assume all printable characters have
+   width 1.  */
+#  define wcwidth(wc) ((wc) == 0 ? 0 : iswprint (wc) ? 1 : -1)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Get ISPRINT.  */
+#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+#endif
+/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
+#undef ISPRINT
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+
+#include "mbswidth.h"
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING.  If a non-printable character
+   occurs, -1 is returned, unless MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE is specified.
+   With flags = 0, this is the multibyte analogon of the wcswidth function.  */
+int
+mbswidth (const char *string, int flags)
+{
+  return mbsnwidth (string, strlen (string), flags);
+}
+
+/* Returns the number of columns needed to represent the multibyte
+   character string pointed to by STRING of length NBYTES.  If a
+   non-printable character occurs, -1 is returned, unless
+   MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE is specified.  */
+int
+mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
+{
+  const char *p = string;
+  const char *plimit = p + nbytes;
+  int width;
+
+  width = 0;
+#if HAVE_MBRTOWC && (MB_LEN_MAX > 1)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1)
+    {
+      while (p < plimit)
+	switch (*p)
+	  {
+	    case ' ': case '!': case '"': case '#': case '%':
+	    case '&': case '\'': case '(': case ')': case '*':
+	    case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
+	    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
+	    case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
+	    case ':': case ';': case '<': case '=': case '>':
+	    case '?':
+	    case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E':
+	    case 'F': case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J':
+	    case 'K': case 'L': case 'M': case 'N': case 'O':
+	    case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
+	    case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X': case 'Y':
+	    case 'Z':
+	    case '[': case '\\': case ']': case '^': case '_':
+	    case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd': case 'e':
+	    case 'f': case 'g': case 'h': case 'i': case 'j':
+	    case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n': case 'o':
+	    case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
+	    case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y':
+	    case 'z': case '{': case '|': case '}': case '~':
+	      /* These characters are printable ASCII characters.  */
+	      p++;
+	      width++;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      /* If we have a multibyte sequence, scan it up to its end.  */
+	      {
+		mbstate_t mbstate;
+		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
+		do
+		  {
+		    wchar_t wc;
+		    size_t bytes;
+		    int w;
+
+		    bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, p, plimit - p, &mbstate);
+
+		    if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
+		      /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
+		      {
+			if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID)
+			  break;
+			else
+			  return -1;
+		      }
+
+		    if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
+		      /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
+		      {
+			if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID)
+			  break;
+			else
+			  return -1;
+		      }
+
+		    if (bytes == 0)
+		      /* A null wide character was encountered.  */
+		      bytes = 1;
+
+		    w = wcwidth (wc);
+		    if (w >= 0)
+		      /* A printable multibyte character.  */
+		      width += w;
+		    else
+		      /* An unprintable multibyte character.  */
+		      if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE)
+			width += 1;
+		      else
+			return -1;
+
+		    p += bytes;
+		  }
+		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
+	      }
+	      break;
+	  }
+      return width;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  while (p < plimit)
+    {
+      unsigned char c = (unsigned char) *p++;
+
+      if ((flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE) || ISPRINT (c))
+	width++;
+      else
+	return -1;
+    }
+  return width;
+}

lib/mbswidth.h

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/* Determine the number of screen columns needed for a string.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+/* Optional flags to influence mbswidth/mbsnwidth behavior.  */
+
+/* If this bit is set, assume invalid characters have width 0.
+   Otherwise, return -1 upon finding an invalid or incomplete character.  */
+#define MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID 1
+
+/* If this bit is set, assume unprintable characters have width 1.
+   Otherwise, return -1 upon finding a non-printable character.  */
+#define MBSW_ACCEPT_UNPRINTABLE	2
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for STRING.  */
+extern int mbswidth PARAMS ((const char *string, int flags));
+
+/* Returns the number of screen columns needed for the NBYTES bytes
+   starting at BUF.  */
+extern int mbsnwidth PARAMS ((const char *buf, size_t nbytes, int flags));

lib/md5.c

@@ -304,19 +304,16 @@ md5_process_block (buffer, len, ctx)
         {								\
 	  a += FF (b, c, d) + (*cwp++ = SWAP (*words)) + T;		\
 	  ++words;							\
-	  CYCLIC (a, s);						\
+	  a = rol (a, s);						\
 	  a += b;							\
         }								\
       while (0)
 
-      /* It is unfortunate that C does not provide an operator for
-	 cyclic rotation.  Hope the C compiler is smart enough.  */
-#define CYCLIC(w, s) (w = (w << s) | (w >> (32 - s)))
-
       /* Before we start, one word to the strange constants.
 	 They are defined in RFC 1321 as
 
-	 T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64
+	 T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64, or
+	 perl -e 'foreach(1..64){printf "0x%08x\n", int (4294967296 * abs (sin $_))}'
        */
 
       /* Round 1.  */
@@ -345,7 +342,7 @@ md5_process_block (buffer, len, ctx)
       do 								\
 	{								\
 	  a += f (b, c, d) + correct_words[k] + T;			\
-	  CYCLIC (a, s);						\
+	  a = rol (a, s);						\
 	  a += b;							\
 	}								\
       while (0)

lib/md5.h

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 /* md5.h - Declaration of functions and data types used for MD5 sum
    computing library functions.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
    Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ extern void md5_process_bytes __P ((const void *buffer, size_t len,
    endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
    ASCII representation of the message digest.
 
-   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF be correctly
    aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
 extern void *md5_finish_ctx __P ((struct md5_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
 
@@ -143,4 +143,19 @@ extern int md5_stream __P ((FILE *stream, void *resblock));
    digest.  */
 extern void *md5_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));
 
+/* The following is from gnupg-1.0.2's cipher/bithelp.h.  */
+/* Rotate a 32 bit integer by n bytes */
+#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
+static inline md5_uint32
+rol(md5_uint32 x, int n)
+{
+  __asm__("roll %%cl,%0"
+	  :"=r" (x)
+	  :"0" (x),"c" (n));
+  return x;
+}
+#else
+# define rol(x,n) ( ((x) << (n)) | ((x) >> (32-(n))) )
+#endif
+
 #endif

lib/memcasecmp.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Case-insensitive buffer comparator.
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,9 +15,9 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Jim Meyering (meyering@na-net.ornl.gov) */
+/* Written by Jim Meyering.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -25,16 +25,16 @@
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(Char) 1
 #else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(Char) isascii(Char)
 #endif
-#define ISLOWER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && islower (c))
+#define ISLOWER(Char) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (Char) && islower (Char))
 
 #if _LIBC || STDC_HEADERS
-# define TOUPPER(c) toupper (c)
+# define TOUPPER(Char) toupper (Char)
 #else
-# define TOUPPER(c) (ISLOWER (c) ? toupper (c) : (c))
+# define TOUPPER(Char) (ISLOWER (Char) ? toupper (Char) : (Char))
 #endif
 
 #include "memcasecmp.h"
@@ -44,14 +44,11 @@
    join -i works with sort -f.  */
 
 int
-memcasecmp (vs1, vs2, n)
-     const void *vs1;
-     const void *vs2;
-     size_t n;
+memcasecmp (const void *vs1, const void *vs2, size_t n)
 {
   unsigned int i;
-  unsigned char *s1 = (unsigned char *) vs1;
-  unsigned char *s2 = (unsigned char *) vs2;
+  unsigned char const *s1 = (unsigned char const *) vs1;
+  unsigned char const *s2 = (unsigned char const *) vs2;
   for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
     {
       unsigned char u1 = *s1++;

lib/memcasecmp.h

@@ -1,8 +1,9 @@
-#undef PARAMS
-#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
-# define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#else
-# define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
 #endif
 
 int